Precamber Design Example

PGSuper Training

Richard Brice, PE
WSDOT Bridge and Structures Office
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

Revisions
10/18/2018 – Initial version
04/2019 – Updated for precamber deflection equations

i
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

Table of Contents
1 Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................................... 1
1.1 Sign Convention .......................................................................................................................................................... 1
2 Bridge Description ............................................................................................................................................................... 1
2.1 Site Conditions ............................................................................................................................................................. 1
2.2 Roadway ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1
2.3 Bridge Layout .............................................................................................................................................................. 2
3 Design Preliminaries ............................................................................................................................................................ 4
3.1 Construction Sequence................................................................................................................................................. 4
3.2 Girder Length ............................................................................................................................................................... 5
3.3 Section Properties ........................................................................................................................................................ 5
3.3.1 Effective Flange Width ........................................................................................................................................ 5
3.3.2 Composite Girder Properties................................................................................................................................ 6
3.3.3 First Moment of Area of deck slab, ..................................................................................................................... 7
3.3.4 Section Property Summary .................................................................................................................................. 7
3.4 Structural Analysis ....................................................................................................................................................... 8
3.4.1 Girder Construction (Casting Yard) ..................................................................................................................... 8
3.4.2 Erected Girder ...................................................................................................................................................... 9
3.4.3 Analysis Results Summary ................................................................................................................................ 12
3.4.4 Limit State Responses ........................................................................................................................................ 13
3.4.5 Live Load Distribution Factors .......................................................................................................................... 13
4 Losses and Effective Prestress ........................................................................................................................................... 16
4.1 Losses before Prestress Transfer ................................................................................................................................ 16
4.2 Losses immediate after transfer ................................................................................................................................. 16
4.3 Losses at Hauling ....................................................................................................................................................... 17
4.4 Losses between prestress transfer and deck placement .............................................................................................. 19
4.5 Losses between deck placement and final ................................................................................................................. 20
4.6 Elastic Gains .............................................................................................................................................................. 22
4.7 Effective Prestress Summary ..................................................................................................................................... 23
5 Stresses .............................................................................................................................................................................. 23
5.1 Final Stresses ............................................................................................................................................................. 23
5.1.1 Stress due to slab shrinkage ............................................................................................................................... 23
5.1.2 Service III .......................................................................................................................................................... 23
5.1.3 Service I ............................................................................................................................................................. 24
5.1.4 Fatigue I ............................................................................................................................................................. 24
5.2 Initial Stresses ............................................................................................................................................................ 24
5.3 After Deck Casting .................................................................................................................................................... 24
ii
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

5.4 After Superimposed Dead Loads (Permanent Loads Only) ....................................................................................... 25

5.5 Lifting ........................................................................................................................................................................ 25
5.5.1 Check girder stability ......................................................................................................................................... 25
5.5.2 Check Girder Stresses ........................................................................................................................................ 31
5.6 Hauling ...................................................................................................................................................................... 32
5.6.1 Check girder stability ......................................................................................................................................... 32
5.6.2 Check Girder Stresses ........................................................................................................................................ 41
6 Flexural Capacity ............................................................................................................................................................... 42
6.2 Check Splitting Resistance ........................................................................................................................................ 46
6.3 Check Confinement Zone Reinforcement .................................................................................................................. 46
7 Shear Capacity ................................................................................................................................................................... 46
7.1 Locate Critical Section for Shear ............................................................................................................................... 46
7.2 Check Ultimate Shear Capacity ................................................................................................................................. 48
7.2.1 Compute Nominal Shear Resistance .................................................................................................................. 48
7.2.2 Check Requirement for Transverse Reinforcement ........................................................................................... 50
7.2.3 Check Minimum Transverse Reinforcement ..................................................................................................... 50
7.2.4 Check Maximum Spacing of Transverse Reinforcement................................................................................... 50
7.3 Check Longitudinal Reinforcement for Shear ........................................................................................................... 51
7.4 Check Horizontal Interface Shear .............................................................................................................................. 51
7.4.1 Check Nominal Capacity ................................................................................................................................... 51
7.4.2 Check Minimum Reinforcement ........................................................................................................................ 52
8 Check Haunch Dimension ................................................................................................................................................. 53
8.1 Slab and Fillet ............................................................................................................................................................ 53
8.2 Profile Effect .............................................................................................................................................................. 54
8.2.1 Vertical Curve .................................................................................................................................................... 54
8.2.2 Horizontal Curve ................................................................................................................................................ 55
8.2.3 Profile Effect ...................................................................................................................................................... 55
8.3 Girder Orientation Effect ........................................................................................................................................... 55
8.4 Excess Camber ........................................................................................................................................................... 56
8.4.1 Compute Creep Coefficients .............................................................................................................................. 57
8.4.2 Compute Deflections ......................................................................................................................................... 58
8.5 Check Required Haunch ............................................................................................................................................ 59
8.6 Compute Lower Bound Camber at 40 days ............................................................................................................... 59
8.6.1 Creep Coefficients ............................................................................................................................................. 59
8.6.2 Compute Deflections ......................................................................................................................................... 59
8.7 Check for Possible Girder Sag ................................................................................................................................... 59
9 Bearing Seat Elevations ..................................................................................................................................................... 60
iii
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

10 Load Rating ................................................................................................................................................................... 60

10.1 Inventory Rating ........................................................................................................................................................ 60
10.1.1 Moment .............................................................................................................................................................. 60
10.1.2 Shear .................................................................................................................................................................. 61
10.1.3 Bending Stress – Service III limit state .............................................................................................................. 61
10.2 Operating Rating ........................................................................................................................................................ 62
10.2.1 Moment .............................................................................................................................................................. 62
10.2.2 Shear .................................................................................................................................................................. 62
10.3 Legal Loads................................................................................................................................................................ 62
10.3.1 Moment .............................................................................................................................................................. 63
10.3.2 Shear .................................................................................................................................................................. 63
10.3.3 Bending Stress – Service III limit state .............................................................................................................. 64
10.4 Permit Loads .............................................................................................................................................................. 64
11 Software ......................................................................................................................................................................... 65
12 References...................................................................................................................................................................... 65
13 Appendix A ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1
13.1 Girder center of mass ................................................................................................. Error! Bookmark not defined.
13.2 Straight Strands .......................................................................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.
13.2.1 End Moments ..................................................................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.
13.2.2 Precamber effect ................................................................................................ Error! Bookmark not defined.
13.2.3 Total ................................................................................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.
13.3 Harped strand ............................................................................................................. Error! Bookmark not defined.
13.3.1 End moment ....................................................................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.
13.3.2 Precamber effect ................................................................................................ Error! Bookmark not defined.
13.3.3 Total ................................................................................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.

iv
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

List of Figures
Figure 2-1: Bridge Section at Station 102+60.0 .......................................................................................................................... 2
Figure 2-2: Girder Dimensions .................................................................................................................................................... 2
Figure 2-3: Slab Detail ................................................................................................................................................................. 3
Figure 3-1 Assumed Construction Sequence ............................................................................................................................... 4
Figure 3-2 Girder Length Geometry ............................................................................................................................................ 5
Figure 3-3 Effective Flange Width .............................................................................................................................................. 5
Figure 3-4 Centroid of Non-composte and Composite Section ................................................................................................... 7
Figure 3-5: Slab Haunch ............................................................................................................................................................ 10
Figure 3-6: HL93 Live Load Model .......................................................................................................................................... 12
Figure 3-7: eg Detail ................................................................................................................................................................... 14
Figure 5-1: Equilibrium of Hanging Girder ............................................................................................................................... 25
Figure 5-2: Girder Self-Weight Deflection during Lifting......................................................................................................... 26
Figure 5-3: Offset Factor ........................................................................................................................................................... 27
Figure 5-4: Equilibrium during Hauling .................................................................................................................................... 32
Figure 5-5: Prestress induced Deflection based on Storage Datum ........................................................................................... 33
Figure 6-1: Discretized Girder Section for Strain Compatibility Analysis ................................................................................ 44
Figure 7-1: Graphical method to Determine Critical Section Location ..................................................................................... 47
Figure 8-1: Slab + Fillet Effect .................................................................................................................................................. 53
Figure 8-2: General Method for Profile Effect .......................................................................................................................... 54
Figure 8-3: Vertical Curve Effect .............................................................................................................................................. 54
Figure 8-4: Horizontal Curve Effect .......................................................................................................................................... 55
Figure 8-5: Top Flange Effect ................................................................................................................................................... 56
Figure 8-6: Camber Effect ......................................................................................................................................................... 56
Figure 8-7: Camber Diagram ..................................................................................................................................................... 57

v
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

1 Introduction
The purpose of this document is to illustrate how the PGSuper computer program performs its computations. PGSuper is a
computer program for the design, analysis, and load rating of precast, prestressed concrete girder bridges.
A design evaluation followed by a load rating analysis illustrates the engineering computations performed by PGSuper.
PGSuper uses a state-of-the-art iterative design algorithm and other iterative computational procedures. Only the final
iterative steps are of interest. To avoid lengthy iterations in this document, trial variables are “guessed” based on the final
iterations produced by the software.
PGSuper uses 16 decimals of precision. There will be minor differences between these “hand” calculations and numbers
reported by PGSuper. When noted, these calculations adopt numeric values reported by PGSuper.

1.1 Sign Convention

This document and PGSuper use the following sign convention.
Item Value
Compression <0
Tension >0
Upward Deflection >0
Downward Deflection <0
Top Section Modulus <0
Bottom Section Modulus >0
Strand Eccentricity above Centroid <0
Strand Eccentricity below Centroid >0

2 Bridge Description
2.1 Site Conditions
Normal Exposure
Average Ambient Relative Humidity: 75%

2.2 Roadway
Alignment
PI Station Back Tangent Delta Radius
N 90 E
Profile
PVI Station PVI Elevation Grade in (𝒈𝒈𝟏𝟏 ) Grade out (𝒈𝒈𝟐𝟐 ) Length
102+64 31.15 9% -9% 201 ft
Superelevations
Left Right
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
−0.02 −0.02
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

1
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

2.3 Bridge Layout

This bridge has a very steep crest vertical curve. The girders are precambered to eliminate much of the slab haunch build-up
dead load.
Back of Pavement Seat, Abutment 1, 102+00
Back of Pavement Seat, Abutment 2, 103+20
Abutments are Normal to the alignment

Figure 2-1: Bridge Section at Station 102+60.0

Girders
6 WF50G @ 6’-9” A = 776.531 in2 49.000in.
Ix = 282559.4 in4
Iy = 71558.9 in4
Yt = 25.849 in
Yb = 24.151 in
St = 10931.2 in3 6.125in.
Sb = 11699.6 in3 50.000in.
Perimeter = 241.284 in

Wtf = 49.0 in
Wbf = 38.375 in
tweb = 6.125 in
38.375in.
f’ci = 6.1 ksi
f’c = 7.2 ksi Figure 2-2: Girder Dimensions
γc = 155 lb/ft3
γc = 165 lb/ft3 (including rebar)

Precamber = 15”

Pick Points 3.75ft

Bunk Points 4.167ft
Haul Configuration: HT40-72
Harping points at 0.4L from the end of the girder.

2
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

Interior Diaphragms
Rectangular – Between girders only. H = 31.5 in Located at 0.33Ls and 0.67Ls.
T = 8.00 in

Slab
Gross Depth = 7.5 in
Overhang = 3’-1.5”
Slab Offset (“A” Dimension) = 8.75”
Fillet = ¾”
Sacrificial Depth = ½”
f’c = 4 ksi
γc = 150 lb/ft3
γc = 155 lb/ft3 (including rebar)
Future Wearing Surface, 0.035 k/ft2

Figure 2-3: Slab Detail

Strands
0.6” Diameter fpu = 270.0 ksi
Grade 270 fpy = 243.0 ksi
Low Relaxation Eps = 28500 ksi
aps = 0.217 in2/per strand
Straight Strands = 30
Harped Strands = 13

Traffic Barrier
42” Single Slope
Design weight = 0.690 kip/ft/barrier
Load is distributed to 3 exterior girders

Load Modifiers
Ductility Redundancy Importance
ηD = 1.0 ηR = 1.0 ηI = 1.0

3
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

Criteria
Design in accordance with the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specification, Eighth Edition, 2017
and the WSDOT Bridge Design Manual
Load Rate in accordance with AASHTO, The Manual for Bridge Evaluation, Second Edition, 2011
with 2015 interim revisions and the WSDOT Bridge Design Manual

WSDOT policy is to design using gross section properties (BDM 5.6.2.I) using
refined estimate of prestress losses (BDM 5.4.1.C). PGSuper supports stress
analysis with transformed section properties, the LRFD approximate method for
estimating prestress losses, and a non-linear time-step analysis.

3 Design Preliminaries
Evaluate the first interior girder (Girder B).

3.1 Construction Sequence

Figure 3-1 shows the assumed construction sequence. PGSuper models the various construction stages with Construction
Events.

Event 1 – Construct Girders and Erect Piers

Event 2 – Erect Girders

Event 3 – Remove Temporary Strands

and Cast Diaphragms

Event 4 – Cast Deck

Event 5 – Construct Traffic Barriers

Event 6 & 7– Open to Traffic

Figure 3-1 Assumed Construction Sequence

4
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

3.2 Girder Length

For a typical stub abutment with a Type A connection, the centerline of bearing is located 2’-8.5” from, and measured normal
to, the back of pavement seat. The distance from the centerline bearing to the end of the girder is 1’-8.5” measured normal to
the CL Bearing, which is parallel to the back of pavement seat.

Figure 3-2 Girder Length Geometry

The bearing-to-bearing span length is 𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 = 120𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 − 2(2.7083𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 114.58𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓.
The overall girder length is 𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 = 114.58𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 2(1.7083𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 118.00𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓.

3.3 Section Properties

Compute the composite section properties. The basic girder section properties are in the bridge description.

3.3.1 Effective Flange Width

The effective flange width of a composite concrete deck slab is the tributary width of the member (LRFD [Link].1).

6'-9"

6'-9" 6'-9"

Figure 3-3 Effective Flange Width

𝑤𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = 6.75𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = 81𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
5
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

3.3.2 Composite Girder Properties

Transform the slab to equivalent girder material and use the parallel axis theorem to compute the composite girder properties.
At mid-span the bottom of the slab is above the top of the girder by the fillet amount (¾ “). If the actual camber exceeds the
predicted camber, the ¾” fillet can be easily lost. Assume the bottom of the slab is directly on top of the girder. This provides
the least stiff section where the maximum demand occurs. For simplicity, use this section model at all locations (BDM
5.6.2.B.1).

PGSuper has options to include the haunch depth in the section properties calculations. Each section
can use the minimum haunch depth (fillet dimension) or the actual haunch depth. Using the actual
haunch depth means there is a different set of section properties at every cross section. Using more
precise section properties may be desirable for load rating.

Modulus of elasticity of slab concrete

0.33
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 = 120,000𝐾𝐾1 𝑤𝑤𝑐𝑐2 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = (120,000)(1.0)(0.150)2 (4.0)0.33 = 4266.223 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Modulus of elasticity of girder concrete assuming a concrete strength of 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = 7.1𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
0.33
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 = 120,000𝐾𝐾1 𝑤𝑤𝑐𝑐2 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = (120,000)(1.0)(0.155)2 (7.2)0.33 = 5530.500 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 4266.223𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑛𝑛 = = = 0.771
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 5530.500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
The sacrificial wearing surface is not part of the structural section. Use the structural slab depth for computing section
properties.
𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝑡𝑡𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ − 𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ = 7.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 0.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 7.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Area Yb (Area)(Yb)
Slab (0.771)(81𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(7.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 437.157𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 2 7.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 23387.900𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
50.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + = 53.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
2
Girder 776.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 24.151𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 18754.000𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
Total 𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐 = 1213.688𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 42141.9𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
∑(𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴)(𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏 ) 42141.9𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = = = 34.723𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∑(𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴) 1213.668𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
𝑌𝑌𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 = 𝐻𝐻𝑔𝑔 − 𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 50.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 34.723𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 15.277𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Area d (Area)(d2) Io Io + (Area)(d2 )
Slab 437.157𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 7.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 154130.948𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 1
50.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + (0.771)(81𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(7.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)3
2 12
− 34.723𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 18.777𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 1785.058𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
155916.006𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
776.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 24.151𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 34.723𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 86790.683𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 282559.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 369350.083𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
= −10.572𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

Girder
𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 = 525266.089𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4

6
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 525266.089𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
𝑆𝑆𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = = = 15127.325𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 34.723𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 525266.089𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
𝑆𝑆𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 = = = 34382.804𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
𝑌𝑌𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 15.277𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

3.3.3 First Moment of Area of deck slab,

𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 7𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑄𝑄𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 �𝑌𝑌𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 + � = 437.157𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 �15.277𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + � = 8208.497𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
2 2

3.3.4 Section Property Summary

Below are the section properties from PGSuper. They are slightly different then the properties computed above. Use the
section properties reported by PGSuper for better agreement between these calculations and the software.

81"

22.274"
25.849"
Composite CG

50" 57"
Noncomposite CG
34.726"
24.151"

Figure 3-4 Centroid of Non-composte and Composite Section

Table 3-1: Section Properties from PGSuper
Girder Composite Girder

Area, 𝑨𝑨 776.531 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 1213.915 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2

𝑰𝑰𝒙𝒙 282559.4 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 525343.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
𝑰𝑰𝒚𝒚 71558.9 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 -
𝒀𝒀𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕 𝒈𝒈𝒈𝒈𝒈𝒈𝒈𝒈𝒈𝒈𝒈𝒈 25.849 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 15.274 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝒀𝒀𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕 𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔 - 22.274 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝒀𝒀𝒃𝒃 24.151 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 34.726 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑺𝑺𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕 𝒈𝒈𝒈𝒈𝒈𝒈𝒈𝒈𝒈𝒈𝒈𝒈 10931.2 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 34394.2 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
𝑺𝑺𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕 𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔 - 30574.7 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
𝑺𝑺𝒃𝒃 11699.6 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 15128.3 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
𝑸𝑸𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔 - 8211.5 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
Effective Flange Width, 𝑾𝑾𝒆𝒆𝒆𝒆𝒆𝒆 - 81.0 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Perimeter 241.284 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 -

7
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

3.4 Structural Analysis

There are several significant stages during the life of a prestressed girder. PGSuper automatically models these stages as
Construction Events. The events are:
1) Construct girders (aka Casting Yard Stage)
a) Tension strands, form girders, cast concrete, concrete curing. Initial relaxation of the prestressing strand occurs.
b) Strip forms and impart the precompression force into the girder (aka Release)
c) Move girders into storage area (Initial lifting)
d) Elapsed time during storage (creep, shrinkage, and relaxation losses occur)
2) Erect girders
a) Prior to erection, the girders must be transported from the fabrication facility to the bridge site
b) Erect and brace girders
c) De-tension temporary strands (if applicable)
3) Cast diaphragms and deck (dead load applied to non-composite girder section)
4) Install railing system (traffic barriers, sidewalks, etc). (dead load applied to composite section)
5) Final without Live Load (includes future overlay if applicable)
6) Final with Live Load
PGSuper models the individual steps within a Construction Event with Analysis Intervals. For example, Event 1 – Construct
Girders, models five analysis intervals: Tension Strands and Cast Concrete, Elapsed Time during Curing, Prestress Release,
Lifting, Placement into Storage, and Elapsed Time during Storage.
The analysis intervals are a general modelling approach associated with time-step analysis. Precast girder design normally
uses a pseudo time-step analysis. However, the PGSuper can perform a refined non-linear time-step analysis. PGSplice uses
the non-linear time-step analysis as well.

3.4.1 Girder Construction (Casting Yard)

Girder construction at the casting yard consists of tensioning strands, placing mild reinforcement, installing girder forms, and
placing concrete. Stripping of girder forms occurs after the concrete reaches adequate strength to accommodate the stresses
and stability of the girder. The strands are the detensioned but because of bond with the girder concrete, the precompression
force imparts into the girder. If the prestress force is eccentric to the centroid of the girder and it is sufficient to overcome the
self-weight of the girder, the girder cambers upwards. In this condition, the girder bears on its ends and bending stresses
develop.
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 2
𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 = 𝛾𝛾𝑐𝑐 𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔 = (0.165𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(776.531𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 ) � � = 0.890 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
144𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2

where:
Ag = Gross cross sectional area of the girder
γc = Unit weight of concrete
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 = (𝑙𝑙 − 𝑥𝑥)
2
Moment at point of prestress transfer (PSXFR)
Prestress transfer occurs over 60 strand diameters (LRFD [Link].1)
𝑙𝑙𝑡𝑡 = 60𝑑𝑑𝑏𝑏 = (60)(0.6𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 36𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 3𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
(0.890𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(3𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 = (118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 − 3𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 153.525𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
2

8
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

Moment at harp point (HP)

Harp point is 0.4L from the end of the girder (0.4)(118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 47.2𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
(0.890𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(47.2𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 = (118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 − 47.2𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 1487.08𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
2
Moment at mid-span (0.5L)
118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
(0.89𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) � � 118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
2
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 = �118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 − � = 1549.05𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
2 2

3.4.2 Erected Girder

Substructure elements support the girder at permanent bearing locations once erected. Bracing stabilizes the girder.
Temporary top strands are detensioned, followed by diaphragm and roadway slab casting. Installation of the railing system
occurs after the roadway slab gains adequate strength.

[Link] Diaphragm and Deck Placement

In this stage, the girder supports its self-weight along with the weight of the diaphragms and slab.

[Link].1 Diaphragm Loads

The diaphragm load for an interior girder is 𝑃𝑃 = 𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻𝛾𝛾𝑐𝑐 (𝑆𝑆 − 𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 ), where:
H = Height of the interior diaphragm
W = Width of the interior diaphragm
tweb = Width of the girder web
S = Spacing of the girders
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 3
𝑃𝑃 = 𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻𝛾𝛾𝑐𝑐 (𝑆𝑆 − 𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 ) = (38.875𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(8𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.155𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(81𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 6.125𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) � � = 2.09𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
1728𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖3
Diaphragms are located at 38.194 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 (0.33𝐿𝐿) and 76.389 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 (0.67𝐿𝐿) from the left bearing.

[Link].2 Slab Loads

The slab load consists of the main slab and the slab haunch.

[Link].2.1 Main Slab Load

The main slab load is
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 2
𝑤𝑤𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝛾𝛾𝑐𝑐 = (81𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(7.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.155𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) � � = 0.654𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
144𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2

[Link].2.2 Slab Haunch Load

The slab haunch load accounts for the buildup of concrete between the top of the girder and the bottom of the main slab. This
concrete element has a width equal to the top flange width (𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 ) and varies in depth along the length of the girder because of
camber and variations in the roadway surface.

9
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

Figure 3-5: Slab Haunch

WSDOT’s design policy is to assume zero natural camber for purposes of determining the slab haunch load (BDM
[Link]).

PGSuper provides the option to consider excess camber when determining loading. This option may be
desirable for load rating as it reduces the haunch dead load.

The basic haunch dead load at any given section is

𝑤𝑤ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ = 𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑡𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ 𝛾𝛾𝑐𝑐
The slab offset (“A” dimension) is 8.75 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖. The slab haunch load at the start of the span is
𝑡𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ = A − 𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 8.75𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 7.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 1.25𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 2
𝑤𝑤ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ = (49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(1.25𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.155𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) � � = 0.066 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
144𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
In general, the haunch thickness is computed as 𝑡𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ = 𝐸𝐸𝐿𝐿𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 − 𝐸𝐸𝐿𝐿𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 using the elevations of the bottom of
the slab and the top of the girder (neglecting natural camber). For this bridge, the roadway profile is a vertical curve and the
girder is precambered.
The elevation of the top of the slab over Girder B is
50(𝑔𝑔2 − 𝑔𝑔1 ) 2 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝐸𝐸𝐿𝐿𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑔𝑔1 𝑥𝑥 + 𝐸𝐸𝐿𝐿𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 − 0.02𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 (10.125𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡)
𝐿𝐿𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣
𝑥𝑥 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
10
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

The elevation of the bottom of the slab is the top of slab elevation reduced by the slab thickness.
𝐸𝐸𝐿𝐿𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝐸𝐸𝐿𝐿𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 − 𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
The elevation of the top of the girder is computed from the top of girder elevation at the CL Bearing plus the precamber
along the length of the girder, measured relative to the bearings.
4∆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑥𝑥 2 4∆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑥𝑥𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 2
𝛿𝛿𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 (𝑥𝑥) = �𝑥𝑥 − � − �𝑥𝑥𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 − �
𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔
𝑥𝑥 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑔𝑔𝑖𝑖𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝑥𝑥𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵
𝐸𝐸𝐿𝐿𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 = 𝐸𝐸𝐿𝐿𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 − 𝐴𝐴 + 𝛿𝛿𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 (𝑥𝑥)
The parabolic curves cause the haunch depth to vary along the length of the girder. The table below lists the haunch depth
and loading for half the span. Linear load segments model the slab haunch load.
Location 𝒕𝒕𝒉𝒉𝒉𝒉𝒉𝒉𝒉𝒉𝒉𝒉𝒉𝒉 (𝒊𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝒘𝒘𝒉𝒉𝒉𝒉𝒉𝒉𝒉𝒉𝒉𝒉𝒉𝒉 (𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌)
(ft)
0.0 1.250 0.066
11.458 2.507 0.132
22.917 3.485 0.184
34.375 4.184 0.221
45.833 4.603 0.243
57.292 4.742 0.250

[Link] Superimposed Dead Loads

Application of superimposed dead loads occurs after the deck has reached adequate strength. The superimposed dead loads
consist of the traffic barrier and the overlay, if present. The composite section is resisting these loads.

[Link].1 Traffic Barrier

The traffic barrier weight is distributed over n exterior girders, if there are 2n or more girders, otherwise the weight of the
𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 +𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟ℎ𝑡𝑡
traffic barrier per girders is 𝑤𝑤𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = , where 𝑁𝑁 is the number of girders in the span. From BDM [Link].B.2.d,
𝑁𝑁
𝑛𝑛 = 3.
2𝑛𝑛 = 6, 𝑁𝑁 = 6, 2𝑛𝑛 ≤ 𝑁𝑁
𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 0.690𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑤𝑤𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = = = 0.230
𝑛𝑛 3 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔

AASHTO permits equal distribution for barrier loads to all girders.

[Link] Open to Traffic

[Link].1 Future Overlay

Evenly distribute the weight of the future wearing surface to all girders. The curb to curb width of the deck is 38.833𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓.

11
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

(37.833𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(0.035𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑤𝑤𝑜𝑜 = = 0.221
6 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔
Take care when applying the future overlay loading. Certain stress conditions are worse before the overlay is applied and
others are worse after it is applied.

[Link].2 Live Load

The design live load is the HL93 notional model defined in the AASHTO LRFD BDS.
The vehicular live loading is the combination of the:
• design truck or design tandem, and (LRFD [Link])
• design lane load (LRFD [Link].1)
The design truck consists of three axles. Axle weights and spacing are, 8.0 kip, 14.0 ft, 32.0 kip, 14.0 to 30.0 ft, 32.0 kip. See
Figure 3-6 below.
The design tandem consists of a pair of 25.0 kip axles spaced 4.0 ft apart.
The design lane load is 0.640 klf, uniformly distributed along the length of the span.

32 KIP 32 KIP
14' - 30' 14' 8 KIP

0.640 KLF

Design Truck + Lane Load

25 KIP 25 KIP
4'

0.640 KLF

Design Tandem + Lane Load

Figure 3-6: HL93 Live Load Model

Apply a dynamic load allowance (impact) of 33% to the design truck and design tandem portions of the live load response.
The fatigue live load is the design truck with the rear axle spacing fixed at 30 ft. The dynamic load allowance for fatigue is
15%.

3.4.3 Analysis Results Summary

[Link] At Release
Loading Transfer Point Harp Point Mid-Span
Girder 153.49 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 1486.71 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 1548.65 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

12
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

[Link] At Bridge Site

Loading 0.5Ls
Girder after erection 1460.27 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Diaphragm 79.78 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Slab 1073.17 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Haunch 358.11 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Traffic Barrier 377.47 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Future Overlay 362.20 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Design LLIM (HL-93) 3421.07 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Fatigue LLIM 1755.47 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Live loads are per lane

3.4.4 Limit State Responses

Group the structural responses into load cases and compute limit state responses. The total factored load, or limit state
response, is 𝑄𝑄 = ∑ 𝜂𝜂𝑖𝑖 𝛾𝛾𝑖𝑖 𝑞𝑞𝑖𝑖 . (LRFD Eqn. 3.4.1-1)
LRFD Table 3.4.1-1 gives the load factors. The limit states of importance are:
• Service I, Q = 1.0DC + 1.0DW + 1.0(LL+IM)
• Service III, Q = 1.0DC + 1.0DW + 0.8(LL+IM)
• Strength I, Q = 1.25DC + 1.50DW + 1.75(LL+IM)
• Fatigue I, Q = 0.5DC + 0.5DW + 1.5(LL+IM)

The live load factor for Service III is 0.8 for design and 1.0 for load rating. See BDM 3.5.2

3.4.5 Live Load Distribution Factors

Compute the live load distribution factors. Select the appropriate cross section type from LRFD Table [Link].1-1. A precast
I-beam with cast-in-place concrete deck corresponds to cross section k.

WSDOT deviates from the LRFD BDS for exterior girders in type k sections as described in BDM
3.9.3.A.

Compute the longitudinal stiffness parameter Kg.

𝐾𝐾𝑔𝑔 = 𝑛𝑛�𝐼𝐼 + 𝐴𝐴𝑒𝑒𝑔𝑔2 �

13
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

where:
𝐸𝐸𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
n = modular ratio between beam and deck material 𝑛𝑛 =
𝐸𝐸𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
4
I = moment of inertia of the beam (in )
A = area of beam (in2)
eg = distance between the centers of gravity of the basic beam and deck (in)
5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑛𝑛 = = 1.296
4266.223𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

ts/2

eg
Yt
Figure 3-7: eg Detail
𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠 7.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑒𝑒𝑔𝑔 = 𝑌𝑌𝑡𝑡 + = 25.849𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + = 29.349𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
2 2
𝐾𝐾𝑔𝑔 = 1.296[282559.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 + (776.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(29.349𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)2 ] = 1233060𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4

[Link] Number of Design Lanes

The number of design lanes is equal to the integer portion of the roadway width divided by 12 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 (LRFD [Link].1).
37.833𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑁𝑁𝐿𝐿 = � � = 3 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
12𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

[Link] Distribution of Live Loads per Lane for Moments in Interior Beams
LRFD Table [Link].2b-1 gives the live load distribution factors for moments in interior beams.

[Link].1 Compute Distribution Factor for Moment

Check the range of applicability for live load distribution factors.
3.5 ft ≤ S ≤ 16 ft S = 6.75 ft OK
4.5 in ≤ ts ≤ 12 in ts = 7.5 in OK
20 ft ≤ L ≤ 240 ft L =114.58 ft OK
Nb ≥ 4 Nb = 6 OK
10,000in4≤ Κg ≤ 7,000,000 in4 Kg =1233060in4 OK

[Link].1.1 One Design Lane Loaded

The live load distribution factor for one loaded lane is
𝑆𝑆 0.4 𝑆𝑆 0.3 𝐾𝐾𝑔𝑔 0.1
𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔1𝑖𝑖 = 0.06 + � � � � � �
14 𝐿𝐿 12.0𝐿𝐿𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠3
6.75 0.4 6.75 0.3 1233060 0.1
𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔1𝑖𝑖 = 0.06 + � � � � � � = 0.412
14 114.58 12.0 ∙ 114.58 ∙ 73

14
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

[Link].1.2 Two or More Design Lanes Loaded

The live load distribution factor for two or more design lanes loaded is

𝑖𝑖
𝑆𝑆 0.6 𝑆𝑆 0.2 𝐾𝐾𝑔𝑔 0.1
𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔2+ = 0.075 + � � � � � �
9.5 𝐿𝐿 12.0𝐿𝐿𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠3

𝑖𝑖
6.75 0.6 6.75 0.2 1233060 0.1
𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔2+ = 0.075 + � � � � � 3
� = 0.584
9.5 114.58 12.0 ∙ 114.58 ∙ 7

[Link] Distribution of Live Loads per Lane for Shear in Interior Beams
LRFD Table [Link].3a-1 gives the live load distribution factors for shear in interior beams.

[Link].1 Compute Distribution Factor for Shear

Check the range of applicability for live load distribution factors.
3.5 ft ≤ S ≤ 16 ft S = 6.75 ft OK
4.5 in ≤ ts ≤ 12 in ts = 7.5 in OK
20 ft ≤ L ≤ 240 ft L =114.58 ft OK
Nb ≥ 4 Nb = 6 OK

[Link].1.1 One Design Lane Loaded

The live load distribution factor for one design lane loaded is
𝑆𝑆
𝑔𝑔𝑉𝑉1𝑖𝑖 = 0.36 +
25.0
6.75
𝑔𝑔𝑉𝑉1𝑖𝑖 = 0.36 + = 0.630
25.0

[Link].1.2 Two or More Design Lanes Loaded

The live load distribution factor for two or more loaded lanes is

𝑖𝑖
𝑆𝑆 𝑆𝑆 2.0
𝑔𝑔𝑉𝑉2+ = 0.2 + −� �
12 35

𝑖𝑖
6.75 6.75 2.0
𝑔𝑔𝑉𝑉2+ = 0.2 + −� � = 0.725
12 35

[Link] Live Load Distribution Factor Summary

Distribution Factor Summary for Strength and Service Limit States
Distribution Factor 1 Loaded 2+ Loaded Controlling Factor
Load Lanes
Moment (𝒈𝒈𝒈𝒈) 0.412 0.584 0.584
Shear (𝒈𝒈𝒈𝒈) 0.630 0.725 0.725

[Link] Live Load Distribution Factor for Fatigue Limit State

The fatigue live load distribution uses the factor for one loaded lane (LRFD [Link].3b). The single lane distribution factors
include a multiple presence factor of 1.2. The multiple presence factor for fatigue loading is 1.0 (LRFD [Link].2). Divide the
one loaded lane distribution factors by 1.2 to get the fatigue distribution factors.
Distribution Factor Summary for Fatigue Limit States

15
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

Distribution Factor 1 Loaded Load

Moment (𝒈𝒈𝒈𝒈) 0.412/1.2 = 0.343
Shear (𝒈𝒈𝒈𝒈) 0.630/1.2 = 0.525

4 Losses and Effective Prestress

Effective prestress is the stress or force remaining in prestressing steel after time dependent losses and elastic effects have
occurred. Time dependent losses consist of concrete shrinkage, concrete creep, and prestressing steel relaxation. Elastic
effects are changes in the prestress due to externally applied or internal restraining forces. Elastic effects are often called
elastic gains.

4.1 Losses before Prestress Transfer

Losses before prestress transfer are due to relaxation of the strand. Prior to the 2005 interim revisions to the LRFD 3rd
Edition, relaxation before prestress transfer was included in prestress loss calculations. Since the 2005 interim revisions, this
is no longer required based on the idea that fabricators can overstress strands to achieve an effective prestress of 0.75𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 at
release. However, WSDOT retains the practice of including relaxation prior to prestress transfer because it reflects the
production practices used by local fabricators.
log(24.0𝑡𝑡) 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝0 = � − 0.55� 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
40.0 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝

𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 0.75𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 0.75(270) = 202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 0.9𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 243𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑡𝑡 = 1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
log(24.0 ∙ 1𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑) 202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝0 = � − 0.55� (202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 1.980 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
40 243.0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

This calculation is for intrinsic relaxation of the strand. Intrinsic relaxation is associated with strand
tensioned between two stationary points such as in a testing machine or between tensioning bulkheads.

4.2 Losses immediate after transfer

As the force in the pretensioned strands is released from the stressing equipment, it is transferred to the girder as a
compression force. This force is typically eccentric and causes axial shortening and bending in the girder. The shortening
causes a reduction in the elongation of the strand and a reduction in the precompression force. This is known as the elastic
shortening losses.
𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 = 𝑓𝑓
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝑃𝑃 𝑃𝑃𝑒𝑒 2 𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 𝑒𝑒
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = + −
𝐴𝐴 𝐼𝐼 𝐼𝐼
𝑃𝑃 = 𝑁𝑁�𝑎𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 ��𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝0 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �
Solve this equation iteratively for 𝑃𝑃 and ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 .
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 120000(1.0)(0.155)2 (6.1)0.33 = 5236.046 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Assume 𝑃𝑃 = 1696 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

16
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
1696𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (1696𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑝𝑝)(21.007𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)2 (1548.65𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 � (21.007𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = + − = 3.447𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
776.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 282559.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 282559.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = (3.447𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 18.763𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
5236.046𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑃𝑃 = (43)(0.217𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 1.98𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 18.763𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 1695.9 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
PGSuper performs this calculation with a very small convergence tolerance and at many points along the girder. The effective
prestress force at release and initial lifting for various points (as determined by PGSuper) are given below.
Location Effective Prestress after release
PSXFR 1725.93 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
HP 1694.86 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
0.5Lg 1695.80 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

4.3 Losses at Hauling

Assume hauling to occur as soon as possible (10 days).

[Link] Shrinkage of Girder Concrete

∆𝑓𝑓𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 = 𝜀𝜀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏ℎ 𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 𝐾𝐾𝑖𝑖ℎ
𝜀𝜀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏ℎ = 𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑠𝑠 𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓 𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 0.48 × 10−3
1
𝐾𝐾𝑖𝑖ℎ =
𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔 𝑒𝑒 2
1+ �1 + � �1 + 0.7𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 ��
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔 𝐼𝐼𝑔𝑔
𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 � = 1.9𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑐𝑐 𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓 𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖−0.118
𝑉𝑉
𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 = 1.45 − 0.13 � � ≥ 1.0
𝑆𝑆
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑉𝑉 𝐴𝐴𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 (776.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)( )
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
= = = 3.204𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑆𝑆 𝑃𝑃𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 + 2𝐴𝐴 (241.284𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) �12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖� + 2(776.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 = 1.45 − 0.13(3.204) = 1.03
𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑠𝑠 = 2.00 − 0.014𝐻𝐻 = 2.00 − 0.014(75) = 0.95
𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑐𝑐 = 1.56 − 0.008𝐻𝐻 = 1.56 − 0.005(75) = 0.96
5 5
𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓 = ′ = = 0.704
1 + 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 1 + 6.1
𝑡𝑡
𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 =
100 − 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′
12 � ′ � + 𝑡𝑡
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 20
9
𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 (𝑡𝑡 = 9𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑) = = 0.206
100 − 4(6.1)
12 � �+9
6.1 + 20

17
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

1999
𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 (𝑡𝑡 = 1999𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑) = = 0.983
100 − 4(6.1)
12 � � + 1999
6.1 + 20
𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 � = 1.9(1.03)(0.96)(0.704)(0.983)(1)−0.118 = 1.30
𝜀𝜀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏ℎ = (1.03)(0.95)(0.704)(0.206)(0.48 × 10−3 ) = 0.0000683
𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝑁𝑁�𝑎𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 � = 43(0.217𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 ) = 9.331𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
1
𝐾𝐾𝑖𝑖ℎ = = 0.783
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 9.331𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 776.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 (21.007𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)2
1+ �1 + � [1 + 0.7(1.30)]
5236.046𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 776.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 282559.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = (0.0000683)(28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(0.783) = 1.524𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Creep of Girder Concrete

𝐸𝐸𝑃𝑃
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝑓𝑓 𝜓𝜓 (𝑡𝑡 , 𝑡𝑡 )𝐾𝐾
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑏𝑏 ℎ 𝑖𝑖 𝑖𝑖ℎ
𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 (𝑡𝑡ℎ , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 ) = 1.9(1.03)(0.96)(0.704)(0.206)(1)−0.118 = 0.273
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Δ𝑓𝑓𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 = (3.469𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(0.273)(0.783) = 4.016𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
5236.046𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Relaxation of Prestressing Strands

The girder concrete holds the prestressing strand in tension. The concrete undergoes creep and shrinkage deformations. The
strands are between two points that move toward one another. Relaxation occurs at a reduced rate compared to intrinsic
relaxation. The relaxation equations given by the AASHTO LRFD BDS are for reduced relaxation.
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 log(24𝑡𝑡ℎ ) 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 3�Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �
Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝1𝐻𝐻 = � ′ � − 0.55�� �1 − � 𝐾𝐾𝑖𝑖ℎ
𝐾𝐾𝐿𝐿 log(24𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 ) 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
𝐾𝐾𝐿𝐿′ = 45
1695.80𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = = 181.738𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
9.331𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
181.738𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 log(24 ∙ 10) 181.738𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 3(1.524𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 4.016𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝1𝐻𝐻 =� � − 0.55�� �1 − � (0.783) = 0.981𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
45 log(24 ∙ 1) 243𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 181.738𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

PGSuper supports all three methods of computing relaxation described in the AASHTO LRFD BDS
(LRFD [Link].2c, C5.9.3.4.2c)

[Link] Losses at Hauling

∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝0 + ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝1𝐻𝐻
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 1.524𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 4.016𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 0.981𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 6.520𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
∆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 1.98𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 18.782𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 6.520𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 27.282𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

18
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

4.4 Losses between prestress transfer and deck placement

[Link] Shrinkage of Girder Concrete

Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝜀𝜀𝑏𝑏𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 𝐾𝐾𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝜀𝜀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑠𝑠 𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓 𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 0.48 × 10−3
1
𝐾𝐾𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 =
𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔 𝑒𝑒 2
1+ �1 + � �1 + 0.7𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 ��
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔 𝐼𝐼𝑔𝑔

𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 � = 1.9𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑐𝑐 𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓 𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖−0.118

𝑉𝑉
𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 = 1.45 − 0.13 � � ≥ 1.0 = 1.03
𝑆𝑆
𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑠𝑠 = 2.00 − 0.014𝐻𝐻 = 0.95
𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑐𝑐 = 1.56 − 0.008𝐻𝐻 = 0.96
1
𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓 = = 0.704
1 + 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′
𝑡𝑡 0774 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤ℎ 𝑡𝑡 = (𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 − 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 ) = 199 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = =
100 − 4𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ 0.983 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤ℎ 𝑡𝑡 = �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 − 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 � = 1999 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
12 � ′ � + 𝑡𝑡
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 20
𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 = 1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 = 120 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 = 2000 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝜀𝜀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = (1.03)(0.95)(0.82)(0.704)(0.48 × 10−3 ) = 0.000257
𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 � = 1.9(1.03)(0.96)(0.704)(0.983)(1)−0.118 = 1.30
1
𝐾𝐾𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = = 0.783
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 9.331𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 (776.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(21.007𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)2
1+� �� � �1 + � �1 + 0.7(1.30)�
5236.046𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 776.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 2 282559.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 4

Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = (0.000257)(28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(0.783) = 5.733 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Creep of Girder Concrete

𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝
Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝑓𝑓 𝜓𝜓 (𝑡𝑡 , 𝑡𝑡 )𝐾𝐾
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑏𝑏 𝑑𝑑 𝑖𝑖 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 (𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 ) = 1.9(1.03)(0.96)(0.704)(0.774)(1)−0.118 = 1.030
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = (3.451𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(1.030)(0.783) = 15.113 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
5236.046𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Relaxation of Prestressing Strands

𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 log(24𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 ) 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 3�Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �

Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝1 = � ′ � − 0.55�� �1 − � 𝐾𝐾𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝐾𝐾𝐿𝐿 log(24𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 ) 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝0 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 1.98𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 18.782𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 181.738𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

19
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

181.738 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 log(24 ∙ 120) 181.738𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 3(5.733𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 15.113𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)

Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝1 = � � − 0.55�� �1 − � (0.783) = 1.029 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
45 log(24 ∙ 1) 243𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 181.738 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Time dependent losses

∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑇𝑇𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝1
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑇𝑇𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 5.733𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 15.113𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 1.029𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 21.874 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

4.5 Losses between deck placement and final

[Link] Shrinkage of Girder Concrete

Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝜀𝜀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 𝐾𝐾𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝜀𝜀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝜀𝜀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 − 𝜀𝜀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
𝜀𝜀 = 𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑠𝑠 𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓 𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 0.48 × 10−3
1
𝐾𝐾𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 =
𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝐴𝐴 𝑒𝑒 2
1+ �1 + 𝑐𝑐 𝑐𝑐 � �1.0 + 0.7𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 ��
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑐𝑐
From before
𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 = 1.03
𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑠𝑠 = 0.95
𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑐𝑐 = 0.96
𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓 = 0.704
𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 � = 1.30
𝜀𝜀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 0.000257
𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 �𝑡𝑡 = 𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 − 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 � = 0.983
𝜀𝜀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = (1.03)(0.95)(0.704)(0.983)(0.48 × 10−3 ) = 0.000326
𝜀𝜀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 0.000326 − 0.000257 = 0.0000694
𝑒𝑒𝑐𝑐 = 𝑒𝑒 + 𝑦𝑦𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 − 𝑦𝑦𝑏𝑏 = 21.007𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 34.726𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 24.151𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 31.582𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
1
𝐾𝐾𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = = 0.791
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 9.331𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 (1213.915𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(31.582𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)2
1+� �� � �1 + � �1 + 0.7(1.30)�
5236.046𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 1213.915𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 525343.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = (0.0000694)(28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(0.791) = 1.563 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Creep of Girder Concrete

𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝑓𝑓 �𝜓𝜓 �𝑡𝑡 , 𝑡𝑡 � − 𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 (𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 )�𝐾𝐾𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 + (Δ𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 )𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 �𝐾𝐾𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑏𝑏 𝑓𝑓 𝑖𝑖 𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐
𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔 𝑒𝑒 2 ′ ′′ )
Δ𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = −�Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝1 � � � �1 + � − (Δ𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + Δ𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔 𝐼𝐼𝑔𝑔
𝑀𝑀𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 = 𝑀𝑀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑀𝑀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝑀𝑀ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ
𝑀𝑀𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 = 79.78𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 1073.17𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 358.11𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = 1511.06𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

20
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

′
𝑀𝑀𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑒𝑒
∆𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 =
𝐼𝐼𝑔𝑔

′
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 21.007𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = (1511.06𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � �� � = 1.348 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 282559.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4

′′
𝑀𝑀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 �𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 − 𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑒𝑒�
Δ𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 =
𝐼𝐼𝑐𝑐
𝑀𝑀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝑀𝑀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑀𝑀𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜
𝑀𝑀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 377.47𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 362.20𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = 739.67𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

′′
(739.67𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(34.726𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 24.151𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 21.007𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Δ𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = � � = 0.534𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
525343.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
9.331𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 (776.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(21.007𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)2
Δ𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = −(21.875 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) � � �1 + � − (1.348𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 0.534𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −2.463 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
776.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 282559.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
𝑡𝑡
𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = = 0.982 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤ℎ 𝑡𝑡 = �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 − 𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 � = 1880 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
100 − 4𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′
12 � ′ � + 𝑡𝑡
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 20
𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 � = 1.9(1.03)(0.96)(0.704)(0.982)(120)−0.118 = 0.741
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = � � (3.451𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(1.30 − 1.03)(0.791) + � � (−2.463𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(0.741)(0.791) = −3.317 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
5236.046𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 5530.50𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Relaxation of Prestressing Strands

Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝2 = Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑅𝑅1 = 1.029 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Shrinkage of Deck Concrete

𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝
Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = Δ𝑓𝑓 𝐾𝐾 �1 + 0.7𝜓𝜓𝑑𝑑 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 ��
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝜀𝜀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝐴𝐴𝑑𝑑 𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 𝑒𝑒𝑐𝑐 𝑒𝑒𝑑𝑑
Δ𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = � − �
�1 + 0.7𝜓𝜓𝑑𝑑 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 �� 𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑐𝑐
𝜀𝜀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = 𝐾𝐾𝑠𝑠ℎ 𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑠𝑠 𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓 𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 0.48 × 10−3
𝑉𝑉
𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 = 1.45 − 0.13 � � ≥ 1.0
𝑆𝑆
𝐴𝐴𝑑𝑑 = (81𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(7.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 607.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
𝑉𝑉 𝐴𝐴 𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑡𝑡𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ (81𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(7.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
= = = = 5.376𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑆𝑆 𝑃𝑃 2𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 − 𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 2(81𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) − 49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

Use the gross slab depth when computing slab shrinkage effects. Shrinkage is an early age effect;
therefore, the sacrificial depth is part of the deck slab that is shrinking.

𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 = 1.45 − 0.13(5.376) = 0.751 < 1.0 ∴ 1.0

𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑠𝑠 = 2.00 − 0.014𝐻𝐻 = 2.00 − 0.014(75) = 0.95

21
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

Slab concrete age at time of initial loading is 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = 0.8𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ . (LRFD [Link].1)
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = 0.8𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = 0.8(4𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 3.2 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
5 5
𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓 = = = 1.19
1 + 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ 1 + 3.2
𝑡𝑡 = 𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 − 𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 = 2000 − 120 = 1880 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑡𝑡 1880
𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = ′ = = 0.977
100 − 4𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 100 − 4(3.2)
12 � ′ � + 𝑡𝑡 12 � 3.2 + 20 � + 1880
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 20
𝐾𝐾𝑠𝑠ℎ = 0.5 (BDM [Link].D – use 50% slab shrinkage strain)
𝜀𝜀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = (0.5)(1.0)(0.95)(1.19)(0.978)(0.48 × 10−3 ) = 0.265 × 10−3

(0.000265)(607.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(4266.223𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) 1 (31.582𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(19.024𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)

Δ𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = � − � = 0.088 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
1 + 0.7(2.12) 1213.915𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 525343.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = � � (0.088𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(0.791)�1 + 0.7(2.12)� = 0.547 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Time Dependent Losses

Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑇𝑇𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝1 − Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 1.563𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 3.317𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑖𝑖 + 1.029𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.547𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −1.272 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

4.6 Elastic Gains

[Link] Dead load on noncomposite section

𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 ′
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = ∆𝑓𝑓
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐

′
𝑀𝑀𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑒𝑒
Δ𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = 1.348 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝐼𝐼𝑔𝑔
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = � � (1.348𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 6.947 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link].1 Superimposed dead loads

𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 ′′ 28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = Δ𝑓𝑓 = � � (0.534𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 2.750 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link].2 Live Loads

𝐸𝐸𝑃𝑃 ′′′
Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = Δ𝑓𝑓
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐

′′′
𝑀𝑀𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 �𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 − 𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑒𝑒�
Δ𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 =
𝐼𝐼𝑐𝑐

⎧ (1997.7𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(34.726𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 24.151𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 21.007𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) �12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖� = 1.441 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿)
⎪ 525343.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
′′′
Δ𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 =
⎨(602.09𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(34.726𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 24.151𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 21.007𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
⎪ � � = 0.434 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿)
⎩ 525343.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

22
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
� � (1.441𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 7.426𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝−𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 (𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿)
Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 =� 5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
� � (0.434𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 2.238𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝−𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 (𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿)
5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

4.7 Effective Prestress Summary

∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑇𝑇𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑇𝑇𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = 21.874𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 1.272𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 20.602𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝0 + ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 1.98𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 18.782𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 20.602𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 6.947𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 2.750𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
= 31.667𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
1.0∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝−𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 (𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 𝐼𝐼)
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + �0.8∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝−𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 (𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
1.5∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝−𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 (𝐹𝐹𝑎𝑎𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝐼𝐼)
𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 𝐼𝐼 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 31.667𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 1.0(7.426𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 178.259 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 31.667𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 0.8(7.426𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 176.774 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 𝐼𝐼 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 31.667𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 1.5(2.238𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 174.190 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑖𝑖

5 Stresses
5.1 Final Stresses
Check the final stress conditions first. If the final stresses exceed the limiting stresses, there is not point evaluating the
remainder of the design.
𝑃𝑃 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 + 𝑀𝑀𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑀𝑀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝛾𝛾𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑀𝑀𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙
𝑓𝑓 = + + + + 𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
𝐴𝐴 𝑆𝑆 𝑆𝑆 𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐

5.1.1 Stress due to slab shrinkage

−𝜀𝜀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝐴𝐴𝑑𝑑 𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 1 𝑒𝑒𝑑𝑑
𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = �
− �
�1 + 0.7𝜓𝜓𝑑𝑑 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 �� 𝑐𝑐 𝑆𝑆
𝐴𝐴

𝜓𝜓𝑑𝑑 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 � = 1.9𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑐𝑐 𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓 𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖−0.118

𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 = 1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝜓𝜓𝑑𝑑 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 � = 1.9(1.0)(0.96)(1.19)(0.978)(1)−0.118 = 2.12
𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐 = 1213.915𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
𝑡𝑡𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ 7.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑒𝑒𝑑𝑑 = 𝑌𝑌𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 + = 15.274𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + = 19.024𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
2 2
𝑆𝑆𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = −34394.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
𝑆𝑆𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 15128.3𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
(−0.265 × 10−3 )(607.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(4266.223𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) 1 19.024𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = � − � = −0.381 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
[1 + 0.7(2.12)] 1213.915𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 2 −34394.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
(−0.265 × 10−3 )(607.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(4266.223𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) 1 19.024𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = � − � = 0.120 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
[1 + 0.7(2.12)] 1213.915𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 2 15128.3𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3

5.1.2 Service III

𝑃𝑃 = −(43)(0.217𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(176.774𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −1649.48𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

23
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
−1649.48𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (−1649.48𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(21.007𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) (1460.27 + 79.78 + 1073.17 + 358.11𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 �
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = + +
776.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 11699.6𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 11699.6𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
(377.47 + 362.20 + 0.8 ∙ 1997.7𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � �
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
+ + 0.120𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −5.086𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 4.902𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 0.120𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
15128.3𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
= −0.064𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 < 0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂

5.1.3 Service I
𝑃𝑃 = −(43)(0.217𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(178.259𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −1663.34𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Stress limit −0.6𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = −0.6(7.2𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −4.320𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
−1663.34𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (−1663.34𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(201.007𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) (1460.27 + 79.78 + 1073.14 + 358.11𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 �
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = + +
776.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 −10931.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 −10931.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
(377.47 + 362.20 + 1.0 ∙ 1997.7𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � �
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
+ 3
− 0.381𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 1.054𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 4.217𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.381𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
−34394.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛
= −3.543𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 < −4.320𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂

5.1.4 Fatigue I
𝑃𝑃 = −(43)(0.217𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(174.190𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −1625.37𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Stress limit −0.4𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = −0.4(7.2𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −2.880𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
−1625.37𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (−1625.37𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(21.007𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 0.5(1460.27 + 79.78 + 1073.14 + 358.11𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � �
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = 0.5 � + � +
776.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 −10931.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 −10931.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
(0.5 ∙ (377.47 + 362.20𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) + 1.5 ∙ 602.09𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � �
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
+ + 0.5(−0.381𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
−34394.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
= 0.515𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.942𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.191𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −1.750𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 < −2.880𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂

5.2 Initial Stresses

Evaluate stresses immediately after release.
𝑃𝑃 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔
𝑓𝑓 = + +
𝐴𝐴 𝑆𝑆 𝑆𝑆
The governing stress immediately after release occurs at the point of prestress transfer. From PGSuper, the effective prestress
is 𝑃𝑃 = −1725.93𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘.
Stress limit −0.65𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = −0.65(6.1𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −3.965𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
−1725.93𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (−1725.93𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(10.741𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) (153.49𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 �
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = + + = −3.807𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 0.157𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −3.650𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
776.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 11699.6𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 11699.6𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
< −3.965𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂
Stress limit 0.0948𝜆𝜆 �𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ ≤ 0.200𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 0.0948(1.0)√6.1 = 0.234𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 → 0.200𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
−1725.93𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (−1725.93𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(10.741𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) (153.49𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 �
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = + + = −0.527𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.168𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −0.695𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
776.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 −10931.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 −10931.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
< 0.200𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂

5.3 After Deck Casting

Evaluate stresses after the deck has been cast.
24
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

This is not an AASHTO LRFD requirement. BDM 5.2.1C provides stress limits at erection. The
governing erection stress case is for the noncomposite girder carrying the weight of the deck concrete.

𝑃𝑃 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 + 𝑀𝑀𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎

𝑓𝑓 = + +
𝐴𝐴 𝑆𝑆 𝑆𝑆
The governing stress immediately after deck placement occurs at the point of prestress transfer. From PGSuper, the effective
prestress is 𝑃𝑃 = −1528.92𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘.
Stress limit −0.45𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = −0.45(7.2𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −3.240𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
−1528.92𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (−1528.92𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(10.741𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) (65.10 + 64.36𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 �
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = + + = −3.373𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 0.133𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
776.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 11699.6𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 11699.6𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
= −3.240𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ≤ −3.240𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂
Stress limit 0.19𝜆𝜆�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = 0.19(1.0)√7.2 = 0.510𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
−1528.92𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (−1528.92𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(10.741𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) (65.10 + 64.36𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 �
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = + + = −0.467𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.142𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −0.609𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
776.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 −10931.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 −10931.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
< 0.510𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂

5.4 After Superimposed Dead Loads (Permanent Loads Only)

𝑃𝑃 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 + 𝑀𝑀𝑎𝑎𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑀𝑀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
𝑓𝑓 = + + + + 𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
𝐴𝐴 𝑆𝑆 𝑆𝑆 𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐
𝑃𝑃 = −1594.04𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Stress limit −0.45𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = −0.45(7.2𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −3.240𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
−1594.04𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (−1594.04𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(21.007𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) (65.10 + 64.36𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 � (739.67𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 �
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = + + + − 0.381𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
776.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 −10932.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 −10932.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 −33629.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
= 0.987𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 3.262𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.381𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −2.275𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 < −3.240𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂

5.5 Lifting

5.5.1 Check girder stability

Designing precast, prestressed concrete bridge girders for lateral stability ensures safety and constructability. PCI’s Aspire
Magazine3 presents WSDOT’s perspective on stability design.

Figure 5-1: Equilibrium of Hanging Girder

25
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

[Link] Vertical Location of Center of Gravity

[Link].1 Estimate Camber

Compute camber for the girder in the hanging configuration. However, the stability analysis procedure needs the camber
measured from a datum at the ends of the girder, not the lift points.

[Link].1.1 Girder

Figure 5-2: Girder Self-Weight Deflection during Lifting

𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 = 𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 − 2𝑎𝑎 = 118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 − 2(3.75𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 110.5𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

At girder ends
𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔 𝑎𝑎
∆𝑔𝑔1 = [3𝑎𝑎2 (𝑎𝑎 + 2𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 ) − 𝐿𝐿3𝑠𝑠 ]
24𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥
(−0.890𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(3.75𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 2 3
1728𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
= �3(3.75𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) �3.75𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 2(110.5𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)� − (110.5𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � � �
24(5236.046𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(282559.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 3
= 0.218 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Mid-span
5𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔 𝐿𝐿4𝑠𝑠 𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔 𝑎𝑎2 𝐿𝐿2𝑠𝑠 5(−0.890𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(110.5𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)4 (−0.890𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(3.75𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 (110.5𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 1728𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
∆𝑔𝑔2 = − =� − �� �
384𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 16𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 384(5236.046𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(282559.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 16(5236.046𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(282559.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 3
= −2.018𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 0.011𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = −2.007𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Total
∆𝑔𝑔 = −0.218𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 2.007𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = −2.225𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link].1.2 Prestressing
The customary equations for prestress induced deflections must be modified for precambered girders. See Appendix A for a
derivation of the equations.

[Link].1.2.1 Straight Strands

30
𝑃𝑃 = � � (1695.8𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 1183.12𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
43

𝑃𝑃(𝑒𝑒)𝐿𝐿2 (1183.12𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(21.218𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 144𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2

∆𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = =� �� � = 4.253𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
8𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 8(5236.046𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(282559.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 2

[Link].1.2.2 Harped Strands

26
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

13
𝑃𝑃 = � � (1695.8𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 512.68 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
43
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 2
𝛿𝛿𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 (𝑥𝑥) = 4∆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 � − �
𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 𝐿𝐿2𝑔𝑔
47.2𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 (47.2𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2
𝛿𝛿ℎ𝑝𝑝 = 𝛿𝛿𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 (0.4𝐿𝐿 = 47.2𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 4(15𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) � − � = 14.4𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 (118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2
𝑒𝑒 ′ = 𝑒𝑒ℎ𝑝𝑝 − 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 − 𝛿𝛿ℎ𝑝𝑝 = 19.920𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − (−16.310𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) − 14.4𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 21.831𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑏𝑏 = 0.4
𝑃𝑃𝑒𝑒 ′ (512.68𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(21.831𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑁𝑁 = = � � = 19.76𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 (0.4)(118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑏𝑏(3 − 4𝑏𝑏 2 )𝑁𝑁𝐿𝐿3 𝑃𝑃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝐿𝐿2 5𝑃𝑃∆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝐿𝐿2
∆ℎ𝑠𝑠 = + +
24𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 8𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 48𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥
0.4(3 − 4(0.4)2 )(19.76𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)3 1728𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 (512.68𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(−16.310𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 144𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
= � � + � �
24(5236.046𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(282559.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 3 8(5236.046𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(282559.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 2
5(512.68𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(15𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 144𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
+ � � = 1.492𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 1.417𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 1.086𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 1.161𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
48(5236.046𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(282559.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 2

[Link].1.3 Initial Camber

∆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = Δ𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + Δℎ𝑠𝑠 = 4.253𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 1.161𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 5.414𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = ∆𝑔𝑔 + ∆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = −2.225𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 5.414𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 3.189𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link].2 Offset factor

The offset factor locates the center of mass of the girder with respect to the roll axis.
Elevation View

Centroid of Girder
(Parabolic Arc)

Yr = Ytop + Ylift - ∆[(L1/L)2 – 1/3]

Inclined lift cable force, P
∆/3 Vertical component of lift force Pv
2
Ylift ∆(L1/L)
Horizontal component of lift force Ph
Ytop
∆
Roll Axis
Center of Mass

a L1=L-2a a

Center of mass with respect to the roll axis

∆(L1/L)2 – ∆/3 = ∆[(L1/L)2 – 1/3]
Offset Factor = (L1/L)2 – 1/3

Figure 5-3: Offset Factor

27
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

2
𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 1 110.5𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 2 1
𝐹𝐹𝑜𝑜 = � � − = � � − = 0.544
𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 3 118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 3

[Link].3 Location the roll axis above the top of girder

𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link].4 Location of CG below roll axis

𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 = 𝑌𝑌𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 − 𝐹𝐹𝑜𝑜 �∆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + ∆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 � + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 25.849𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 − (0.544)(3.189𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 15𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) − 0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 15.961𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link] Lateral Deflection Parameters

[Link].1 Lateral Sweep

Sweep tolerance is 1/8” per 10 ft
118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 1
𝑒𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = � 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖� = 1.475𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
10𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 8

[Link].2 Initial Lateral Eccentricity

Initial lateral eccentricity of center of gravity of girder due to lateral sweep and eccentricity of lifting devices from CL girder
𝑒𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 = 0.25𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 = 𝐹𝐹𝑜𝑜 𝑒𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝑒𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 = (0.544)(1.475𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + 0.25𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 1.052𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link].3 Lateral Deflection of CG

Lateral deflection of center of gravity due to total girder weight applied to weak axis
𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 = 𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔 𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 = (0.89𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑎𝑎 = 3.75𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 = 𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 − 2𝑎𝑎 = 118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 − 2(3.75𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 110.5𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 𝐿𝐿5𝑠𝑠 2 3 4
6𝑎𝑎5
𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 = � � � − 𝑎𝑎 𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 + 3𝑎𝑎 𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 + �
12𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝐿𝐿2𝑔𝑔 10 5
104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (110.5𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)5
=� � � − (3.75𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 (110.5𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)3
12(5236.046𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(71558.9𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 )(118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 10
6 1728𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
+ 3(3.75𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)4 (110.5𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) + (3.75𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)5 � � � = 4.719 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
5 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 3

[Link] Equilibrium tilt angle

𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 1.052𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = = = 0.09356 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 − 𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 15.961𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 4.719𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link] Girder Stresses in Hanging Girder

[Link].1 Direct stress at Prestress Transfer Point and Harp Point

[Link].1.1 Prestressing
𝑃𝑃 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = +
𝐴𝐴 𝑆𝑆

28
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

From PGSuper, the effective prestress force at the prestress transfer is 𝑃𝑃 = 1204.14 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 straight strands and 𝑃𝑃 = 521.79𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
harped strands. The strand eccentricities are 21.218𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 and −13.436𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖.
−(1204.14𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 521.79𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) (−1204.14𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(21.218𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (−521.79𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(−13.436𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = + = −0.527𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
776.531𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 −10931.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
−(1204.14𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 521.79𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) (−1204.14𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(21.218𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (−521.79𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(−13.436𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = + = −3.807𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
776.531𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 11699.6𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
From PGSuper, the effective prestress force at the harp point is 𝑃𝑃 = 1182.46 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 straight strands and 𝑃𝑃 = 512.40𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 harped
strands. The strand eccentricities are 21.218𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 and 19.920𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖.
−(1182.46𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 512.40𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) (−1182.46𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(21.218𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (−512.40𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(19.920𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = + = 1.046𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
776.531𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 −10931.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
−(1182.46𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 512.40𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) (−1182.46𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(21.218𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (−512.40𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(19.920𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = + = −5.200𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
776.531𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 11699.6𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3

[Link].1.2 Girder self-weight

At Transfer point

(0.89𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 = (3𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 = −4.000𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
2
−4.000𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = � � = 0.004𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
−10931.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
−4.000 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = � � = −0.004𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
11699.6𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
At Harp Point
𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 = (𝐿𝐿 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑥𝑥 2 − 𝑎𝑎2 )
2 𝑠𝑠
𝑥𝑥 = 0.4𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 − 𝑎𝑎 = 0.4(118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − 3.75𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = 43.45𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
(0.89𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 = �(110.5𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(43.45𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − (44.95𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 − (3.75𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 � = 1289.85𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
2
1289.85𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = � � = −1.416𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
−10931.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
1289.85𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = � � = 1.323𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
11699.6𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

[Link].2 Tilt induced stresses

Top left flange tip at Transfer Point
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = 𝜃𝜃
2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒
(−4.00𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = (0.09356𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟) � � = −0.002𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
2(71558.9𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 ) 4 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Bottom right flange tip at Transfer Point
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 𝑊𝑊𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = − 𝜃𝜃
2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒

29
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

(−4.000𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(38.375𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = − (0.09356𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟) � � = −0.001𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
2(71558.9𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Top left flange tip at Harp Point
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = 𝜃𝜃
2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒
(1289.85𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = (0.09356𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟) � � = 0.496𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
2(71558.9𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Bottom right flange tip at Harp Point
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 𝑊𝑊𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = − 𝜃𝜃
2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒
(1289.85𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(38.375𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = − (0.09356𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟) � � = −0.388𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
2(71558.9𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 ) 4 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

[Link].3 Total stress without tilt

Top at Transfer Point
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = −0.527𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 0.004𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −0.522𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Bottom Transfer Point
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = −3.807𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.004𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −3.811𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Top at Harp Point
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = 1.046𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 1.416𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −0.370𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Bottom at Harp Point
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = −5.200𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 1.323𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −3.877𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link].4 Total stress including tilt

𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝑓𝑓𝑔𝑔 + 𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
Top left flange tip at Transfer Point
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = −0.527𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 0.004𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.002𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −0.521𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Bottom left flange tip at Transfer Point
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = −3.807𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.004𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.001𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −3.810𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Top left flange tip at Harp Point
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = 1.046𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑖 − 1.416𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 0.496𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 0.126𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Bottom left flange tip at Harp Point
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = −5.200𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 1.323𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.388𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −4.265𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Factor of Safety Against Cracking

Lateral cracking moment
(𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑟 − 𝑓𝑓𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 )2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 =
𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
Tilt angle at first crack

30
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = ≤ 0.4 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔
Cracking moment at Transfer Point

𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑟 = 0.24𝜆𝜆�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = (0.24)(1.0)√6.1𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 0.593𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

𝑓𝑓𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝑓𝑓𝑔𝑔 = −0.527𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 0.004𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −0.522𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
�0.593𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − (−0.522𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)�2(71558.9𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = � � = −271.41 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡
49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Tilt angle at first crack at Transfer Point
−271.41𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = 67.85 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 ∴ 0.4 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
−4.000𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Factor of Safety against Cracking at Transfer Point
𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 (15.961𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.4)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = = 2.172
𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 + 𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 1.052𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + (4.719𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.4)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 > 1.0 OK
Cracking moment at Harp Point
�0.593𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − (−0.370𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)�2(71558.9𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = � � = 234.24 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Tilt angle at first crack at Harp Point
234.24𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = 0.18160𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
1297.47𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Factor of Safety against Cracking at Harp Point
𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 (15.961𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.18160)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = = 1.518
𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 + 𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 1.052𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + (4.719𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.18160)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 > 1.0 OK

[Link] Factor of Safety against Failure

𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 1.052𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = � ≤ 0.4 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = � = 0.29857 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
2.5𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 2.5(4.719𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)

𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 (15.961𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.29857)

𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 = = = 1.357
𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 + (1 + 2.5𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 )(𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 ) 1.052𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + �1 + 2.5(0.29857)�(4.719𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.29857)
If 𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 < 𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 , 𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 = 𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 = 1.518
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 > 1.5 OK

5.5.2 Check Girder Stresses

[Link] Compression stress without tilt

−0.65𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = −0.65(6.1𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −3.965 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

31
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

Bottom at prestress transfer point

−3.844𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 < −3.965 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 OK
Bottom at harp point
−3.877𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 < −3.965 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 OK
The stress at the prestress transfer point and the harp point are approximately the same. They required concrete strength at
these locations is also the same. The girder is optimized for fabrication. See Reference 2 for more information about
designing for optimized fabrication.

[Link] Compression stress with tilt

Stress limit
−0.70𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = −0.70(6.1𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −4.270 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Bottom right at prestress transfer point
−3.812𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 < −4.270 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 OK
Bottom right at harp point
−4.265𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 < −4.270 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 OK

[Link] Tension stress

0.0948𝜆𝜆�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ ≤ 0.200𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 0.0948(1.0)√6.1𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 0.234𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∴ 0.200𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Top right at prestress transfer point
−0.484𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 < 0.200 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 OK
Top right at harp point
0.126𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 < 0.200 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 OK

5.6 Hauling

5.6.1 Check girder stability

Bunk points are H away from the ends of the girder (4.167𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) and hauling is assumed to occur with the HT40-72 haul truck
configuration.

Figure 5-4: Equilibrium during Hauling

32
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

[Link] Stability Analysis Parameters

Parameter Value
Rotational Stiffness 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 = 40000
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
Center-to-center wheel spacing 𝑊𝑊𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 72 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Height of the roll center above the roadway surface 𝐻𝐻𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 24𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Height of the bottom of the girder above roadway 𝐻𝐻𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 72 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Bunk placement tolerance 𝑒𝑒𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 1.0 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Normal Crown Slope 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝛼𝛼 = 0.02
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Maximum Superelevation 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝛼𝛼 = 0.06
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Impact for Normal Crown Slope Case 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 = ±20%
Impact for Superelevation Case 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 = 0%
Modulus of Rupture 𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑟 = 0.24𝜆𝜆�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = (0.24)(1.0)√7.1𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 0.644𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Vertical Location of Center of Gravity

[Link].1 Camber at Hauling

Assume girder transportation occurs as late as possible to maximize camber grown while in storage. Assume transportation
occurs at 90 days.
The camber at hauling is equal to the camber at the end of storage plus the change in dead load deflection due to the different
support conditions between storage and hauling.
From before, the prestress deflection measured from the ends of the girder is
∆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 5.414𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Changing the datum to the storage support location
Δ𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝1 = 5.135𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 at mid-span
Δ𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝2 = −0.278𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 at girder end

Figure 5-5: Prestress induced Deflection based on Storage Datum

33
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

The dead load deflection at mid-span during storage is

𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 = 𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 − 2𝑎𝑎 = 118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 − 2(1.708𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 114.583𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
The dead load deflection at the girder ends during storage is
𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔 𝑎𝑎
∆𝑔𝑔1 = [3𝑎𝑎2 (𝑎𝑎 + 2𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 ) − 𝐿𝐿3𝑠𝑠 ]
24𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥
(−0.890𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(1.708𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)
= �3(1.708𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 �1.708𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 2(114.583𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)�
24(5236.046𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(282559.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 )
1728𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
− (114.583𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)3 � � � = 0.111 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 3
The mid-span deflection during storage is
5𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔 𝐿𝐿4𝑠𝑠 𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔 𝑎𝑎2 𝐿𝐿2𝑠𝑠 5(−0.890𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(114.583𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)4 (−0.890𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓)(1.708𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 (114.583𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 1728𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
∆𝑔𝑔2 = − =� − �� �
384𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 16𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 384(5236.046𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(282559.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 16(5236.046𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(282559.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 3
= −2.333𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 0.003𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = −2.330𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Creep deflection during storage is
∆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 (𝑡𝑡ℎ , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 )(Δ𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + Δ𝑔𝑔 )
89
𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 (𝑡𝑡 = 89𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑) = = 0.719
100 − 4(6.1)
12 � � + 89
6.1 + 20
𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 (𝑡𝑡ℎ , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 ) = 1.9(1.03)(0.96)(0.704)(0.719)(1)−0.118 = 0.955
At mid-span
Δ𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = (0.955)(5.135𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 2.330𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 2.678𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
At end of girder
Δ𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = (0.955)(−0.278𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 0.111𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = −0.159𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Girder deflection in the hauling configuration
𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 = 118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 − 2(4.167𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 109.667𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Mid-span deflection
5𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔 𝐿𝐿4𝑠𝑠 𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔 𝑎𝑎2 𝐿𝐿2𝑠𝑠 5(−0.890𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(109.667𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)4 (−0.890𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(4.167𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 (109.667𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 1728𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
∆𝑔𝑔 = − =� − �� �
384𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 16𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 384(5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(282559.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 16(5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(282559.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 3
= −1.854𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 0.013𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = −1.841𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Deflection at girder ends
𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔 𝑎𝑎
∆𝑔𝑔 = [3𝑎𝑎2 (𝑎𝑎 + 2𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 ) − 𝐿𝐿3𝑠𝑠 ]
24𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥
(−0.890𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(4.167𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 2 3
1728𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
= �3(4.167𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) �4.167𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 2(109.667𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)� − (109.667𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � � �
24(5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(282559.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 3
= 0.223 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
We want the total camber measured between the girder ends and mid-span
∆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = �Δ𝑔𝑔 + Δ𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + Δ𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 � − �Δ𝑔𝑔 + Δ𝑝𝑝𝑠𝑠 + Δ𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 �
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚−𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒
= (−1.841𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 5.135𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 2.678𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) − (0.223𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 0.278𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 0.159𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 6.186𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link].2 Offset Factor

34
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

2
𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 1 109.667𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 2 1
𝐹𝐹𝑜𝑜 = � � − =� � − = 0.530
𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 3 118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 3

[Link].3 Location of roll axis below top of girder

𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 𝐻𝐻𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝐻𝐻𝑔𝑔 − 𝐻𝐻𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 72.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 50.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 24.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 98.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link].4 Location of center of gravity above roll axis

𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 = 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 𝑌𝑌𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 + 𝐹𝐹𝑜𝑜 �∆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + ∆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 � = 98.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 25.849𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 0.530(6.186𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 15𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 83.389𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link] Lateral Deflection Parameters

[Link].1 Lateral Sweep

Sweep tolerance = 1/8” per 10 ft
118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 1
𝑒𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = � � � 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖� = 1.475𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
10𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 8

[Link].2 Initial Lateral Eccentricity

Initial lateral eccentricity of center of gravity of girder due to lateral sweep and eccentricity of bunking devices from CL
girder
𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 = 𝐹𝐹𝑜𝑜 𝑒𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝑒𝑒𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = (0.560)(1.475𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + 1.000𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 1.782𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link].3 Lateral Deflection of CG

Lateral deflection of center of gravity due to total weight of girder applied to the weak axis
𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 𝐿𝐿5𝑠𝑠 6
𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 = 2
� − 𝑎𝑎2 𝐿𝐿3𝑠𝑠 + 3𝑎𝑎4 𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 + 𝑎𝑎5 �
12𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦 𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 10 5
104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (109.667𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)5
𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 = � − (4.167𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 (109.667𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)3 + 3(4.167𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)4 (109.667𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)
12(5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(71558.9𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 )(118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 10
6 1728𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
+ (4.167𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)5 � � � = 4.290𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
5 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 3

[Link].4 Girder Stresses at Harping Point

[Link].4.1 Stress due to prestressing

−(1139.81𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 493.92𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) (−1139.81𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(221.218𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (−493.92𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(19.920𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = + = 1.009𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
776.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 −10931.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
−(1139.81𝑘𝑘𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 493.92𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) (−1139.81𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(221.218𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (−493.92𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(19.920𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = + = −5.012𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
776.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 11699.6𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3

[Link].4.2 Stress due to girder self-weight (without impact)

𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 = (𝐿𝐿 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑥𝑥 2 − 𝑎𝑎2 )
2 𝑠𝑠
𝑥𝑥 = 0.4𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 − 𝑎𝑎 = 0.4(118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − 4.167𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = 43.033𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
0.890𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 = �(109.667𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(43.033𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − (43.033𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 − (4.167𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 � = 1267.97𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
2
1267.97𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = � � = −1.392𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
−10931.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
35
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

1267.97𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = � � = 1.301𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
11699.6𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

[Link] Analyze normal crown slope, no impact case

[Link].1 Equilibrium tilt angle

𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
��40000𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � �0.02 � + (1.0)(104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(1.782𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)�
�𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 𝛼𝛼 + (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 � 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = = 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
= 0.03196 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 − (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 (𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 + 𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 ) �40000 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 � − (1.0)(104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(82.64𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 4.160𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)

[Link].2 Stress due to lateral loading from tilt

Top left flange tip
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)�𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 �𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 (1.0)(1299.92𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡)(0.03196)(49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = = � � = 0.166 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦 (2)(71558.9𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Bottom right flange tip
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)�𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 �𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑊𝑊𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 (1.0)(1299.92𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(0.03196)(38.375𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = − =− � � = −0.130 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦 (2)(71558.9𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

[Link].3 Factor of Safety against Cracking

Lateral cracking moment
𝑓𝑓𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑓𝑓𝑔𝑔 = 1.009𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + (1.0)(−1.392𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −0.389𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
(𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑟 − 𝑓𝑓𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 )2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦 �0.644𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − (−0.389𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)�(2)(71558.9𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = � � = 250.05𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Tilt angle at first crack
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = ≤ 0.4
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔
250.05 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = 0.19720 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
(1.0)(1267.41 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)
Factor of Safety against Cracking
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 (𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 − 𝛼𝛼)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 =
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 [(𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 )𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 ]

𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
��40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � �0.19720 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 0.02 ��
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = 3.540
(1.0)(104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)[(4.290𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 82.640𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.19720𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟) + 1.782𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖]
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 > 1.0 OK

[Link].4 Factor of Safety against Failure

′
𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 + ((𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 )𝛼𝛼
𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = �𝛼𝛼 2 + + 𝛼𝛼 ≤ 0.4 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
2.5(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜

′
1.782𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + ((1.0)(4.290𝑛𝑛) + 82.640𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)0.02
𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = �0.022 + + 0.02 = 0.589 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 ∴ 0.4 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
2.5(1.0)(4.290𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)

36
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

′
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 (𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 − 𝛼𝛼)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 =
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 [((𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 )(1 + 2.5𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
′ ′ ) ′
+ 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 ]
40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
(0.4 − 0.02)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 = = 3.753
(1.0)(104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)[((1.0)(4.290𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.4)(1 + 2.5(0.40) + (82.640𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.4) + 1.782𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖]
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 > 1.5 OK

[Link].5 Factor of Safety against Rollover

𝑊𝑊𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 � − 𝐻𝐻𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝛼𝛼�
𝜃𝜃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 2 + 𝛼𝛼
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃
72𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
(1.0)(104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) � − (24𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.02)�
2
𝜃𝜃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = + 0.02 = 0.1132 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
�40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
�
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 (𝜃𝜃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 𝛼𝛼)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑟𝑟 =
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 𝑜𝑜 (1 + 2.5𝜃𝜃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 ) + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 )𝜃𝜃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 ]
[(𝑧𝑧

�40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
�(0.1132 − 0.02)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑟𝑟 = = 2.998
(1.0)(104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) ��(4.290𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)�1 + 2.5(0.1132)� + 82.640𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖� (0.1132) + 1.782𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖�

𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑟𝑟 > 1.5 OK

[Link] Analyze normal crown slope, impact up

[Link].1 Equilibrium tilt angle

𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
��40000𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � �0.02 � + (0.8)(104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(1.782𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)�
�𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 𝛼𝛼 + (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 � 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = = 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 0.02904 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 − (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 (𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 + (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 ) �40000 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 � − (0.8)(104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(82.64𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + (0.8)(4.290𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖))

[Link].2 Stress due to lateral loading from tilt

Top left flange tip
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)�𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 �𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 (0.8)(1267.97𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(0.02904)(49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = = � � = 0.121 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦 (2)(71558.9𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Bottom right flange tip
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)�𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 �𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑊𝑊𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 (0.8)(1267.97𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(0.02904)(38.375𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = − =− � � = −0.095 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦 (2)(71558.9𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

[Link].3 Factor of Safety against Cracking

Lateral cracking moment
𝑓𝑓𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑓𝑓𝑔𝑔 = 1.009𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − (0.8)(−1.392𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −0.105𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
(𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑟 − 𝑓𝑓𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 )2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦 �0.644𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − (−0.105𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)�(2)(71558.9𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = � � = 182.29𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Tilt angle at first crack

37
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = ≤ 0.4
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔
182.29 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = 0.17970 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
(0.8)(1267.41 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)
Factor of Safety against Cracking
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 (𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 − 𝛼𝛼)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 =
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 [((𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 )𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 ]

𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
��40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � �0.17970 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑑𝑑 − 0.02 ��
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = 4.375
(0.8)(104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)[((0.8)(4.290𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + 82.640𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.17970𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟) + 1.782𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖]
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 > 1.0 OK

[Link].4 Factor of Safety against Failure

′
𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 + ((𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 )𝛼𝛼
𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = �𝛼𝛼 2 + + 𝛼𝛼 ≤ 0.4 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
2.5(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜

′
1.782𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + ((0.8)(4.160𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + 82.640𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)0.02
𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = �0.022 + + 0.02 = 0.669 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 ∴ 0.4 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
2.5(0.8)(4.160𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
′
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 (𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 − 𝛼𝛼)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 =
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 [((𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
′ )(1 + 2.5𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
′ ) + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
′ + 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 ]

40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
(0.4 − 0.02)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 = = 4.777
(0.8)(104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)[((0.8)(4.290𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.4)(1 + 2.5(0.40) + (82.640𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.4) + 1.782𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖]
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 > 1.5 OK

[Link].5 Factor of Safety against Rollover

𝑊𝑊𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 � − 𝐻𝐻𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝛼𝛼�
𝜃𝜃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 2 + 𝛼𝛼
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃
72𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
(0.8)(104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) � − (24𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.02)�
2
𝜃𝜃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = + 0.02 = 0.09459 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
�40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
�
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 (𝜃𝜃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 𝛼𝛼)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑟𝑟 =
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 [((𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 (1 + 2.5𝜃𝜃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 ) + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 )𝜃𝜃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 ]

�40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
�(0.094596 − 0.02)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑟𝑟 = = 3.527
(0.8)(104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)��(0.8)(4.290𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)�1 + 2.5(0.09459)� + 82.640𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖�(0.09459) + 1.782𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖�
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑟𝑟 > 1.5 OK

[Link] Analyze normal crown slope, impact down

[Link].1 Equilibrium tilt angle

38
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
��40000𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � �0.02 � + (1.2)(104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(1.782𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)�
�𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 𝛼𝛼 + (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 � 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡
𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = = 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 0.03552 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 − (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 (𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 + (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 ) �40000 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 � − (1.2)(104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(82.64𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + (1.2)(4.290𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖))

[Link].2 Stress due to lateral loading from tilt

Top left flange tip
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)�𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 �𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 (1.2)(1267.97𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(0.03538)(49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = = � � = 0.222 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦 (2)(71558.9𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Bottom right flange tip
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)�𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 �𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑊𝑊𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 (1.2)(1267.97𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(0.03538)(38.375𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = − =− � � = −0.174 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦 (2)(71558.9𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

[Link].3 Factor of Safety against Cracking

Lateral cracking moment
𝑓𝑓𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑓𝑓𝑔𝑔 = 1.009𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + (1.2)(−1.392𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −0.662𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
(𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑟 − 𝑓𝑓𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 )2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦 �0.644𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − (−0.662𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)�(2)(71558.9𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = � � = 317.81𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Tilt angle at first crack
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = ≤ 0.4
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔
317.81 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = 0.20887 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
(1.2)(1267.41 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)
Factor of Safety against Cracking
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 (𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 − 𝛼𝛼)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 =
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 [((𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 )𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 ]

𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
��40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � �0.20887 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 0.02 ��
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = 2.957
(1.2)(104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)[((1.2)(4.290𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + 82.640𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.20887𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟) + 1.782𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖]
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 > 1.0 OK

[Link].4 Factor of Safety against Failure

′
𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 + ((𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 )𝛼𝛼
𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = �𝛼𝛼 2 + + 𝛼𝛼 ≤ 0.4 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
2.5(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜

′
1.782𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + ((1.2)(4.290𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + 82.640𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)0.02
𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = �0.022 + + 0.02 = 0.553 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 ∴ 0.4 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
2.5(1.2)(4.290𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
′
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 (𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 − 𝛼𝛼)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 =
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 [((𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
′ )(1 + 2.5𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
′ ) + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
′ + 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 ]

40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
(0.4 − 0.02)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 = = 3.073
(1.2)(104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)[((1.2)(4.290𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.4)(1 + 2.5(0.40) + (82.640𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.4) + 1.782𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖]
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 > 1.5 OK
39
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

[Link].5 Factor of Safety against Rollover

𝑊𝑊𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 � − 𝐻𝐻𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝛼𝛼�
𝜃𝜃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 2 + 𝛼𝛼
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃
72𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
(1.2)(104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) � − (24𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.02)�
2
𝜃𝜃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = + 0.02 = 0.13188 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
�40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
�
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 (𝜃𝜃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 𝛼𝛼)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑟𝑟 =
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 [((𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 (1 + 2.5𝜃𝜃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 ) + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 )𝜃𝜃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 ]

�40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
�(0.13188 − 0.02)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑟𝑟 = = 2.596
(1.2)(104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)��(1.2)(4.290𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)�1 + 2.5(0.13188)� + 82.640𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖�(0.13188) + 1.782𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖�
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑟𝑟 > 1.5 OK

[Link] Analyze at maximum superelevation, no impact

[Link].1 Equilibrium tilt angle

𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
��40000𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � �0.06 � + (1.0)(104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(1.782𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)�
�𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 𝛼𝛼 + (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 � 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = = = 0.08401 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 − (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 (𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 + (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 ) �40000𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
� − (1.0)(104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(82.64𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + (1.0)(4.290𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖))

[Link].2 Stress due to lateral loading from tilt

Top left flange tip
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)�𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 �𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 (1.0)(1299.92𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(0.08401)(49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = = � � = 0.441 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦 (2)(71558.9𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Bottom right flange tip
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)�𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 �𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑊𝑊𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 (1.0)(1299.92𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(0.08401)(38.375𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = − =− � � = −0.345 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦 (2)(71558.9𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

[Link].3 Factor of Safety against Cracking

Lateral cracking moment
(𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑟 − 𝑓𝑓𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 )2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦 �0.644𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − (−0.383𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)�(2)(71558.9𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = � � = 250.05𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Tilt angle at first crack
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = ≤ 0.4
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔
250.05 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = 0.19720 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
(1.0)(1267.41 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)
Factor of Safety against Cracking
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 (𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 − 𝛼𝛼)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 =
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 [((𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 )𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 ]

40
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
��40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � �0.19720 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 0.06 ��
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = 2.741
(1.0)(104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)[((1.0)(4.290𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + 82.640𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.19720𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟) + 1.782𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖]
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 > 1.0 OK

[Link].4 Factor of Safety against Failure

′
𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 + ((𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 )𝛼𝛼
𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = �𝛼𝛼 2 + + 𝛼𝛼 ≤ 0.4 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
2.5(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜

′
1.782𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + ((1.0)(4.290𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + 82.640𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)0.06
𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = �0.062 + + 0.06 = 0.878 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 ∴ 0.4 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
2.5(1.0)(4.290𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
′
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 (𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 − 𝛼𝛼)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 =
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 [((𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
′ )(1 + 2.5𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
′ ) + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
′ + 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 ]
40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
(0.4 − 0.06)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 = = 3.358
(1.0)(104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)[((1.0)(4.290𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.4)(1 + 2.5(0.40) + (82.640𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.4) + 1.782𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖]
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 > 1.5 OK

[Link].5 Factor of Safety against Rollover

𝑊𝑊𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 � − 𝐻𝐻𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝛼𝛼�
𝜃𝜃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 2 + 𝛼𝛼
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃
72𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
(1.0)(104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) � − (24𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.06)�
2
𝜃𝜃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = + 0.06 = 0.15071 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
�40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
�
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 (𝜃𝜃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 𝛼𝛼)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑟𝑟 =
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 [((𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 (1 + 2.5𝜃𝜃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 ) + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 )𝜃𝜃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 ]

�40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
�(0.15071 − 0.06)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑟𝑟 = = 2.268
(1.0)(104.99𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) ��(1.0)(4.290𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)�1 + 2.5(0.15071)� + 82.640𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖� (0.15071) + 1.782𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖�

𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑟𝑟 > 1.5 OK

5.6.2 Check Girder Stresses

[Link] Compression stress

Maximum compression occurs at the harp point with impact up.
Check compression without lateral bending
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑓𝑓𝑔𝑔
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = −5.012𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + (0.8)(1.301𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −3.971𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
−0.65𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = −0.65(7.2𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −4.680𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
−3.971𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 < −4.680 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 OK
Check compression stress at bottom right corner of girder

41
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)�𝑓𝑓𝑔𝑔 + 𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 �

𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = −5.012𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + (0.8)(1.301𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.131𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −4.066 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
−0.70𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = −0.70(7.2𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −5.040𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
−4.066𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 < −5.040𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 OK

[Link] Tension stress

Stress limit
0.0948𝜆𝜆�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = 0.0948(1.0)√7.2𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 0.254𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Maximum tension stress occurs at top left corner of girder on normal crown slope with impact up at the harp point
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = 1.009𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + (1.2)(−1.392𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 0.016 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
0.016 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 < 0.254 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 OK

6 Flexural Capacity
[Link] Compute Nominal Moment Capacity at 0.5Lg.
Strength I limit state
𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆ℎ 𝐼𝐼 = 1.25𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 + 1.5𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 + 1.75(𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 + 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 = 1.25(1460.27 + 79.78 + 1073.17 + 358.11 + 377.47) + 1.50(362.20) + 1.75(0.584)(3421.07) = 8225.27𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − 𝛼𝛼1 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ (𝑏𝑏 − 𝑏𝑏𝑤𝑤 )ℎ𝑓𝑓
𝑐𝑐 =
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
𝛼𝛼1 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝛽𝛽1 𝑏𝑏𝑤𝑤 + 𝑘𝑘𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
𝑑𝑑𝑝𝑝
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 243
𝑘𝑘 = 2 �1.04 − � = 2 �1.04 − � = 0.28
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 270
𝑐𝑐
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �1 − 𝑘𝑘 �
𝑑𝑑𝑝𝑝
𝛼𝛼1 = 0.85
𝑑𝑑𝑝𝑝 = 𝑌𝑌𝑡𝑡 + 𝑒𝑒 + 𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠 = 25.849𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 21.205𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 7𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 54.054𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
2
(9.331𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 )(270𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) − 0.85(4𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(81𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 6.125𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(7𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 737.345𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑐𝑐 = = = 23.978𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
270𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑘𝑘 𝑘𝑘
0.85(4𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(0.85)(6.125𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (0.28)(9.331𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 ) � � 17.7 + 13.050
54.054𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
23.978𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 270𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 �1 − 0.28 � = 236.464𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
54.054𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑎𝑎 = 𝛽𝛽1 𝑐𝑐 = 0.85(23.978𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 20.381𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑎𝑎 𝑎𝑎 ℎ𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 = 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �𝑑𝑑𝑝𝑝 − � + 𝛼𝛼1 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ (𝑏𝑏 − 𝑏𝑏𝑤𝑤 )ℎ𝑓𝑓 � − �
2 2 2
20.381𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 20.381𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 7𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 = (9.331𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 )(236.464𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) �54.054𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − � + 0.85(4𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(81𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 6.125𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(7𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) � − �
2 2 2
= 108705𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 9058.8𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑡 = 57𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 2𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 55𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑡 55𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝜀𝜀𝑡𝑡 = 0.003 � − 1� = 0.003 � − 1� = 0.005
𝑐𝑐 20.381𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
42
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

0.25(𝜀𝜀𝑡𝑡 − 𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 ) 0.25(0.005 − 0.005)

0.75 ≤ 𝜙𝜙 = 0.75 + ≤ 1.0 = 0.75 + = 0.75 ∴ 𝜙𝜙 = 0.75
𝜀𝜀𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 − 𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 0.005 − 0.002
𝑀𝑀𝑟𝑟 = 𝜙𝜙𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 = 0.75(9058.8𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 6794.1𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑟𝑟 < 𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 NO GOOD
The AASHTO method for computing moment capacity does not account for the large compression flange in the girder or the
higher strength of the girder concrete. See Reference 7 for more information. PGSuper uses strain compatibility analysis to
compute the moment capacity.
Stress-strain relationship for prestressing strands:

⎡ ⎤
27,613
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝜀𝜀𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 ⎢877 + 1
⎥ ≤ 270𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
⎢ 7.36 7.36 ⎥
⎣ �1 + �112.4εps � � ⎦

Stress-strain relationship for concrete:

𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝑛𝑛 � �
𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐′
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐 = 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′
𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛
𝑛𝑛 − 1 + � ′ �
𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐
where
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′
𝑛𝑛 = 0.8 +
2500
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′
𝑘𝑘 = 0.67 +
9000

𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 < 1.0, 𝑘𝑘 = 1.0
𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐′
40,000�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ + 1,000,000
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 =
1000
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝑛𝑛
𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐′ 𝑥𝑥1000 =
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝑛𝑛 − 1

Effective prestress, 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑒𝑒 = 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 31.667𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 170.833𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 170.833𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Initial strain in prestressing strand, 𝜀𝜀𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = = = 4.994𝑥𝑥10−3
𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

Discretize the composite girder section into “slices”. Compute the strain at the centroid of each slice. The stress in the slice is
determined from the stress-strain relationship for the slice material. Finally, compute the axial force and moment contribution
for each slice. Sum the contribution of each slice to determine the capacity of the section.

43
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

Figure 6-1: Discretized Girder Section for Strain Compatibility Analysis

Slice Area Ycg Strain Stress δF = δM =
(in2) (in) (KSI) (Area)(Stress) (δF)(Ycg)
(kip) (kip-ft)
1 230.850 31.424 -0.00258311 -3.603 0.000 -3.603
2 282.150 28.257 -0.0016567 -3.931 0.000 -3.931
3 54.000 26.182 -0.00104965 -3.186 0.000 -3.186
4 159.077 24.225 -0.000477198 -2.094 0.000 -2.094
5 8.729 22.497 2.83273e-05 0.000 0.000 0.000
6 92.717 20.767 0.000534609 0.000 0.000 0.000
7 33.613 15.003 0.00222073 0.000 0.000 0.000
8 36.852 9.257 0.00390179 0.000 0.000 0.000
9 40.731 2.924 0.00575461 0.000 0.000 0.000
10 44.610 -4.043 0.00779273 0.000 0.000 0.000
11 67.310 -12.403 0.0102384 0.000 0.000 0.000
12 0.217 -17.751 0.0177973 261.251 0.000 261.251
13 3.038 -20.151 0.0184994 261.924 0.000 261.924
14 292.892 -20.229 0.0125279 0.000 0.000 0.000
15 2.604 -20.751 0.0186749 262.090 0.000 262.090
16 3.472 -22.151 0.0190845 262.474 0.000 262.474
Resultant Force = ∑(δF) = 0.00 kip
Resultant Moment = ∑(δM) = -10120.56 kip-ft
Depth to neutral axis, c = 10.255 in
Compression Resultant, C = -2446.21 kip
Depth to Compression Resultant, dc =4.210 in

44
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

Tension Resultant, T = 2446.21 kip

Depth to Tension Resultant, de =53.857 in
Nominal Capacity, Mn = 10120.56 kip-ft
Moment Arm, de - dc = Mn/T = 49.647 in
The capacity reduction factor is
𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑡 55𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝜀𝜀𝑡𝑡 = 0.003 � − 1� = 0.003 � − 1� = 0.013
𝑐𝑐 10.255𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
0.25(𝜀𝜀𝑡𝑡 − 𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 ) 0.25(0.013 − 0.005)
0.75 ≤ 𝜙𝜙 = 0.75 + ≤ 1.0 = 0.75 + = 1.5 ∴ 𝜙𝜙 = 1.0
𝜀𝜀𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 − 𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 0.005 − 0.002

𝑀𝑀𝑟𝑟 = 10120.56𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 ≥ 𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 = 8225.27𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 OK

[Link] Minimum Reinforcement and the Cracking Moment

In order to insure there is sufficient reinforcement in the section to achieve ductile behavior, a minimum amount of
reinforcement is required. The minimum reinforcement is such that any section in the girder shall have adequate prestressed
reinforcement to develop a factored flexural resistance, Mr, which is at least the lesser of the cracking strength or 133% of the
ultimate moment. (LRFD [Link])
𝑀𝑀
𝑀𝑀𝑟𝑟 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 � 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
1.33𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢
The cracking moment is
𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 𝛾𝛾3 ��𝛾𝛾1 𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑟 + 𝛾𝛾2 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 �𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐 − 𝑀𝑀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑐𝑐 � − 1��
𝑆𝑆𝑏𝑏
where:
fr = Modulus of rupture
fcpe = Compressive stress due to prestressing at the bottom of the girder
Sc = Bottom section modulus of the composite section
Sb = Bottom section modulus of the non-composite section
Mdnc = Dead load moment resisted by the non-composite section
𝛾𝛾1 = Flexural cracking variability factor = 1.6
𝛾𝛾2 = Prestress variability factor = 1.1
𝛾𝛾3 = Ratio of specified minimum yield strength to ultimate tensile strength of the reinforcement =
1.0 for prestressed concrete

[Link].1 Compute cracking moment at 0.5Lg.

𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑟 = 0.24�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = 0.24√7.2𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 0.644𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 4.915𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐 = 15128.3𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖3
𝑆𝑆𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 11699.6𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖3
𝑀𝑀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = 𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 + 𝑀𝑀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑀𝑀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝑀𝑀ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ = 2971.33𝑘𝑘 ⋅ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

45
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 15128.3𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖3
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 1.0 �(1.6 ∙ 0.644𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 1.1 ∙ 4.915𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(15128.3𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖3 ) � � − (2971.33𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � − 1�� = 7244. 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 11699.6𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖3

[Link].2 Evaluate Minimum Reinforcement Requirement

𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 = 8225.27𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀 = 7244𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑟𝑟 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 � 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 7244𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
1.33𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 = 1.33 ∙ 8225.27𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = 10939𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑟𝑟 = 10120𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 ≥ 𝑀𝑀𝑟𝑟 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 7244𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 OK

6.2 Check Splitting Resistance

Compute the splitting resistance of the pretensioned anchorage zone provided by the vertical reinforcement in the ends of the
girder at the service limit states as 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟 = 𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠 ([Link]) where,
fs = the stress in the steel not exceeding 20 ksi
As = total area of vertical reinforcement located within the distance h/4 from the end of the beam (in2)
h = overall depth of the girder (in)
The resistance shall not be less than 4% of the prestressing force at transfer.
The splitting force at PSXFR is 𝑃𝑃 = 0.04𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝0 − Δ𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 � = 0.04(9.331𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 )(202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 1.98𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 −
18.782𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 69.04𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
ℎ 4.1667𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
The splitting zone is = = 1.042𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓. The vertical reinforcement in the splitting zone is 2.569𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 .
4 4

The splitting resistance is 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟 = 𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠 = (20 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(2.569𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 ) = 51.37 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑃𝑃 < 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟 NO GOOD, but OK per BDM 5.6.2F if total splitting reinforcement is provided at 2.5” spacing

If the splitting reinforcement does not fit within H/4 from the end of the girder, BDM 5.6.2F permits the
total splitting reinforcement to extend beyond H/4 at a spacing not greater than 2.5”

6.3 Check Confinement Zone Reinforcement

For the distance of 1.5d from the ends of the girder, reinforcement shall be placed to confine the prestressing steel in the
bottom flange. The reinforcement shall not be less than #3 deformed bars with spacing not exceeding 6 in.
The length of the confinement zone is 1.5𝑑𝑑 = 1.5(50 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 75 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 6.25 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓.
Provide #3 bars spaced at 6” for the end 6.25ft of the girder.

7 Shear Capacity
Ensure the girder has sufficient capacity to resist shear in the Strength I limit state. Verify that shear reinforcement is
adequately detailed.
These computations and checks demonstrate shear design at the critical section (LRFD [Link] and [Link]). A complete
design will also evaluated shear locations where abrupt changes to the shear force diaphragm occur and at changes in
reinforcement size and spacing.

7.1 Locate Critical Section for Shear

The critical section for shear is located at dv from the face of support where dv is from the critical section. For purposes of
design, the ultimate shear between the support and the critical section is equal to the shear at the critical section.

46
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

Determining the location of the critical section can be challenging because dv varies with position along the girder. To find
the critical section plot dv along the length of the girder and draw a 45° line from the face of support towards the center of the
girder. The intersection point of the 45° line and the dv curve is the location of the critical section. Figure 7-1 illustrates this
technique.

Figure 7-1: Graphical method to Determine Critical Section Location

For this girder, the critical sections are located 4.555 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 and 110.028 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 from the left support. The tables that follow show
the details for finding the critical sections.
Table 7-1: Critical Section Calculation Details for Abutment 1
Location from Assumed C.S. dv CS
Left Support Location (in) Intersects?
(ft) (in)
(FoS) 0.500 0.000 48.660 No
(Bar Develop.) 1.087 7.041 48.660 No
(PSXFR) 1.292 9.500 48.660 No
2.042 18.500 48.661 No
2.458 23.500 48.661 No
3.125 31.500 48.661 No
4.555 48.661 48.661 *Yes
(H) 4.667 50.000 48.661 No
(1.5H) 6.750 75.000 47.981 No
10.092 115.100 45.733 No
* - Intersection values are linearly interpolated
Table 7-2: Critical Section Calculation Details for Abutment 2
Location from Assumed C.S. dv CS
Left Support Location (in) Intersects?
(ft) (in)
104.492 115.100 45.733 No
(1.5H) 107.833 75.000 47.981 No

47
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

(H) 109.917 50.000 48.661 No

110.028 48.661 48.661 *Yes
111.458 31.500 48.661 No
112.125 23.500 48.661 No
112.542 18.500 48.661 No
(PSXFR) 113.292 9.500 48.660 No
(Bar Develop.) 113.497 7.041 48.660 No
(FoS) 114.083 0.000 48.660 No
* - Intersection values are linearly interpolated

7.2 Check Ultimate Shear Capacity

7.2.1 Compute Nominal Shear Resistance

The nominal shear resistance, Vn, is the lesser of:
𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 = 𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐 + 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 + 𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠
𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 = 0.25𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 + 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝
for which
𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐 = 0.0316𝛽𝛽�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣
𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 cot 𝜃𝜃
𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠 =
𝑠𝑠
where
bv = Effective web width taken as the minimum web width within the depth dv.
dv = Effective shear depth
s = Stirrup spacing
β = Factor indicating ability of diagonally cracked concrete to transmit tension
θ = Angle of inclination of diagonal compressive stresses
Av = Area of shear reinforcement within a distance s
Vp = Component in the direction of the applied shear of the effective prestressing force,
positive if resisting the applied shear.

[Link] Determination of β and θ

Step 1: Determine bv
bv is the effective web width. For this girder 𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣 = 6.125𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖.
Step 2: Determine dv
dv is the distance measured perpendicular to the neutral axis, between the resultants of the tensile and compressive forces due
to flexure (internal moment arm), but it need not be taken less than the greater of 0.9de or 0.72h.
From a flexural capacity analysis at the critical section the Moment Arm =41.680 in, de =54.068 in, and h =57 in.

48
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 41.680𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 = 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 �0.9𝑑𝑑𝑒𝑒 = 0.9(54.068𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 48.661𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
0.72ℎ = 0.72(57𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 41.040𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Step 3: Compute stress in prestrssing steel when the stress in the surrounding concrete is 0.0 ksi
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 0.70𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 189𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Step 4: Compute the longitudinal strain on the flexural tension side of the beam

�|𝑀𝑀
𝑑𝑑
𝑢𝑢 |+0.5𝑁𝑁 +�𝑉𝑉 −𝑉𝑉 �−𝐴𝐴 𝑓𝑓 �
𝑢𝑢 𝑢𝑢 𝑝𝑝 𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
𝑣𝑣
𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 = 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 < 0
𝐸𝐸𝑠𝑠 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠 + 𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
At the critical section
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 159.304 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑃𝑃𝑒𝑒ℎ = (13)(0.217𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(159.304𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 449.396 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑃𝑃𝑒𝑒ℎ
𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 =
2
�12 + �0.4𝐿𝐿 �
𝑒𝑒 ′
𝑒𝑒 ′ = 24.6𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
0.4𝐿𝐿 = 47.2𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = 566.4𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
449.4𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 = = 17.3 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
2
�12 + �566.4𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖�
24.6𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 = 1266.25 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑁𝑁𝑢𝑢 = 0 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 = 299.68𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
�𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 – 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 � = 282.37 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 = 46.881 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠 = 0 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
𝐸𝐸𝑠𝑠 = 29000 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 5.955 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 28500 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 433.906 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 = 5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
|1266.25𝑘𝑘∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓|� �
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
� 46.881𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
+0.5(0)+282.37𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘−�5.955𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 �(189𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) �

𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 = = −0.207𝑥𝑥10−3 < 0

(29000𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 ) + (28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(5.955𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 ) + (5530.5ksi)(433.906𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 )
Step 5: Compute β and θ
4.8 4.8
𝛽𝛽 = = = 5.68
(1 + 750𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 ) �1 + (750)(−0.207𝑥𝑥10−3 )�
𝜃𝜃 = 29 + 3500𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 = 29 + (3500)(−0.207𝑥𝑥10−3 ) = 28.3°

49
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

[Link] Compute Shear Capacity of Concrete

𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐 = 0.0316𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 = 0.0316(5.68)(1.0)√7.2𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(6.125𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛)(48.661𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 143.55 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Compute Shear Capacity of Transverse Reinforcement

For #5 stirrups, 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣 = 0.62 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 .
𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 cot 𝜃𝜃 (0.62 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 )(60 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(48.661𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) cot 28.3
𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠 = = = 560.86 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑠𝑠 6 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link] Compute Nominal Shear Capacity of Section

𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 = 𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐 + 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 + 𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠 = 143.55 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 17.31 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 560.86 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 721.71 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 = 0.25𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 + 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 = 0.25(7.2 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(6.125 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(48.661 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + 17.31𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 553.8𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝑟𝑟 = 𝜙𝜙𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 = 0.9(553.8 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 498.4 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Check Ultimate Shear Capacity

𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 = 299.68 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ≤ 𝑉𝑉𝑟𝑟 = 498.4 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 OK
Repeat these calculations at all locations where stirrup size or spacing changes or where the applied shear abruptly changes.

7.2.2 Check Requirement for Transverse Reinforcement

Transverse reinforcement is required when 𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 > 0.5𝜙𝜙�𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐 + 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 �. (LRFD [Link])
0.5𝜙𝜙�𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐 + 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 � = 0.5(0.9)(143.55 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 17.31 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 72.4 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 < 299.68 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Vu exceeds the limiting value; therefore, transverse reinforcement is required at this section. Transverse reinforcement is
provided. OK

7.2.3 Check Minimum Transverse Reinforcement

Where transverse reinforcement is required, as specified in LRFD [Link], the area of steel shall not be less than 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 =
𝑏𝑏 𝑠𝑠 (6.125 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(6 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
0.0316𝜆𝜆�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝑣𝑣 = 0.0316(1.0)√7.2 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 0.0519 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 < 0.62 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2
𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 60 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

OK
𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣 𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣 6.125 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2
This can also be represented as 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 0.0316𝜆𝜆�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = 0.0316(1.0)√7.2 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 0.00866 = 0.104 .
𝑠𝑠 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 60 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

7.2.4 Check Maximum Spacing of Transverse Reinforcement

The spacing of the transverse reinforcement shall not exceed the following:
• If 𝑣𝑣𝑢𝑢 < 0.125𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ then 𝑠𝑠 ≤ 0.8𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 ≤ 24 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
• If 𝑣𝑣𝑢𝑢 ≥ 0.125𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ then 𝑠𝑠 ≤ 0.4𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 ≤ 12 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
�𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 − 𝜙𝜙𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 � |299.68𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.9(17.31𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)|
𝑣𝑣𝑢𝑢 = = = 1.059𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝜙𝜙𝜙𝜙𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 0.9(6.125𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(48.661𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
0.125𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = 0.125(7.2 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 0.90𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 < 1.059𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑠𝑠𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 0.4𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 = 0.4(48.661 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 19.464 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 > 12 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 → 𝑠𝑠𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 12 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
The actual spacing is 6.0 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖. OK

50
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

7.3 Check Longitudinal Reinforcement for Shear

At each section, the tensile capacity of the longitudinal reinforcement on the flexural tension side of the member shall be
proportioned to satisfy:
𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 𝑁𝑁𝑢𝑢 𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢
𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 + 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 ≥ � + 0.5 + �� − 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 � − 0.5𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠 � cot 𝜃𝜃�
𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝜙𝜙𝑎𝑎 𝜙𝜙𝑣𝑣
At the inside edge of the bearing area of simple end supports to the section of critical shear, the longitudinal reinforcement on
the flexural tension side of the member shall satisfy:
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢
𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 + 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 ≥ � − 0.5𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠 − 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 � cot 𝜃𝜃
𝜙𝜙𝑣𝑣
At the critical section, all of the harped strands are above the mid-height of the girder. The harped strands are not on the
flexural tension side (See LRFD Figure [Link].2-2)
𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = (30)(0.217𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 ) = 6.510𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
From the moment capacity analysis, 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝,𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 = 131.375𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘. The stress in the strands adjusted for lack of full development in
the moment capacity analysis. Do not apply the reduction again in these calculations (See LRFD [Link].2).
𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 = 144.07𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 = 48.660 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 = 299.68𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠 = 332. .97𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 = 17.31𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝜃𝜃 = 28.3°
𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 𝑁𝑁𝑢𝑢 𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢
+ 0.5 + �� − 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 � − 0.5𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠 � cot 𝜃𝜃
𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝜙𝜙𝑎𝑎 𝜙𝜙𝑣𝑣
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
144.07𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 � � (0) 299.68𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
= + 0.5 + �� − 17.31𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘� − 0.5(332.97𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)� cot 28.3° = 277.32𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
(48.660𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(1.0) 1.0 0.9
𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = (6.510𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(131.375𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 855.25𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
855.25𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ≥ 277.32𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 OK

7.4 Check Horizontal Interface Shear

This entire design is based on the assumption that the slab and girder work together to form a composite section. Verify the
slab-girder interface has adequate capacity to develop this composite action.

7.4.1 Check Nominal Capacity

The critical section for shear location is used to demonstrate these calculations. A complete design will verify the slab-girder
interface capacity at various sections along the girder.

[Link] Compute Nominal Capacity

𝐾𝐾 𝑓𝑓 ′ 𝐴𝐴
The nominal shear resistance at the slab-girder interface is 𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝑐𝑐𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 𝜇𝜇�𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 � ≤ 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � 1 𝑐𝑐 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝐾𝐾2 𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
where
Vn = Nominal shear resistance (kip)
Acv = Area of concrete engaged in shear transfer (in2)

51
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

Avf = Area of shear reinforcement crossing the shear plane (in2)

fy = Yield strength of reinforcement (ksi)
c = Cohesion factor
µ = Friction factor
Pc = Permanent net compressive force normal to the shear plane, or 0.0 kip if tensile (kip)
f’c = Specified 28-day strength of the weaker concrete (ksi)
K1 = 0.3
K2 = 1.8
The top flange of the girder, which is a roughened surface, supports the deck slab. For this situation c = 0.280 ksi and µ = 1.0.
𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2
The area of concrete engaged in the shear transfer: 𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 𝐿𝐿𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = (49 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) �1 � = 49 .
𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
0.62 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2
The area of shear reinforcement consists of the stirrups extending from the web into the slab (#5 @ 6 in): 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = =
6 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2
0.103 .
𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

Pc is the weight of the slab. For this computation, neglect the weight of the sacrificial depth of slab. The sacrificial depth
wears away with time and its weight will not contribute to the normal force at the girder/slab interface for the life of the
structure.
1 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 2
𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 = 𝛾𝛾𝑐𝑐 �𝑤𝑤𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 �𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 − 𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 � + 𝑤𝑤𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑡𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ � = (0.155 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)[81𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖(7.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 0.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + 49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖(8.75𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 7.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)]
144 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2
= 0.610 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑐𝑐𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 𝜇𝜇�𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 � = (0.280 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) �49 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
� + 1.0 ��0.103 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
� (60𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) + 0.610 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘� = 239.650 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘⁄𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2
𝐾𝐾1 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 0.3(4𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) �49 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
� = 705.6 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘⁄𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2
𝐾𝐾2 𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 1.8 �49 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
� = 1058.4 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘⁄𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 = 239.650 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘⁄𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

𝑉𝑉𝑟𝑟 = 𝜙𝜙𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 = 0.9(239.650 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘⁄𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 215.685 𝑘𝑘/𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

[Link] Compute Demand

𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢
The factored interface shear stress for a concrete girder/slab bridge may be determined as 𝑣𝑣𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 = . The factored interface
𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣
shear force for a concrete girder/slab bridge may be determined as 𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 = 𝑣𝑣𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 . Substituing Equation [Link]-1 into [Link]-
𝑉𝑉
2 the interface shear force is 𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢ℎ = 𝑢𝑢 .
𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣

At the critical section, 𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 = 299.68 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘.

𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 𝑄𝑄 (299.68𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(8211.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 ) 𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢ℎ = = = 56.210
𝐼𝐼 (525343.3𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 )
4 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢ℎ ≤ 𝑉𝑉𝑟𝑟
OK

7.4.2 Check Minimum Reinforcement

The LRFD specification requires a minimum amount of shear reinforcement in the slab-girder interface. Check to make sure
this requirement is satisfied.

52
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

0.05𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣
The cross-sectional area, Avf, of the reinforcement per unit length should not be less than .
𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦

For a cast-in-place concrete slab on clean concrete girder surface free of laitance:
• The minimum interface shear reinforcement need not exceed the lessor of the amount determined using Eqn.
1.33𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢
[Link]-1 and the amount needed to resist as determined using Eqn [Link]-3
𝜙𝜙
• The minimum reinforcement provisions shall be waived for girder/slab interfaces with surface roughened to an
amplitude of 0.25 in where the factored interface shear stress, 𝑣𝑣𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 of Eqn [Link]-1 is less than 0.210 ksi, and all
vertical (transverse) shear reinforcement required by the provisions of Article [Link] is extended across the interface
and adequately anchored into the slab.
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 239.65 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑣𝑣𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 = = 2
𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
= 0.096 < 0.100 . This requirement is waived.
𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 49 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

OK
The maximum allowable spacing of the transverse reinforcement is 24.0 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖. The actual spacing at this section is 6.0 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖. The
maximum spacing along the length of the girder is 18.0 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖. OK

8 Check Haunch Dimension

The slab offset is 8.75𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖. Verify the haunch is large enough to accommodate the camber, but not too large that the girder has
to carry unnecessary dead load. For such a large girder, an extra inch of concrete over the top flange can add up to a
considerable amount of weight.
The haunch depth is to be such that at the mid-span the distance between the bottom of the slab and the top of the girder is
equal to the slab fillet dimension, 0.75𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖. Account for geometric effects due to the roadway and camber. The haunch depth at
the bearing is 𝐴𝐴ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ = 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠+𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 + 𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 + 𝐴𝐴𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 .

8.1 Slab and Fillet

The slab and fillet is the gross slab depth plus the fillet dimension. If the actual camber is exactly equal to the predicted value,
and all deflections are as predicted, the top of the girder will be exactly 𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 below the bottom of the deck as its closest
point.

Figure 8-1: Slab + Fillet Effect

𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠+𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = 7.5 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 0.75 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 8.25𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

53
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

8.2 Profile Effect

PGSuper uses a general approach to determine the profile effect. Draw a chord line from the point where a vertical line
passing through the CL Bearings intersect the deck. Then the profile effect is the maximum difference in elevation between
this chord line and the roadway surface.

Figure 8-2: General Method for Profile Effect

The entire span of the bridge is within the limits of the horizontal and vertical curves. Use the simplified method of
computing the profile effect. See BDM Appendix 5-B1 for additional information.

8.2.1 Vertical Curve

Figure 8-3: Vertical Curve Effect

54
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

1.5(𝑔𝑔2 − 𝑔𝑔1 )𝐿𝐿2𝑔𝑔 1.5(−9% − 9%)(114.583𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2

𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = (𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = = −17.636 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
100𝐿𝐿𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 100(201𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)

8.2.2 Horizontal Curve

Figure 8-4: Horizontal Curve Effect

1.5𝑆𝑆 2 𝑚𝑚
𝐴𝐴ℎ𝑐𝑐 = (𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑅𝑅
There is not a horizontal curve
𝐴𝐴ℎ𝑐𝑐 = 0.0 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

8.2.3 Profile Effect

𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 + 𝐴𝐴ℎ𝑐𝑐 = −17.636𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 0.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = −17.636𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

8.3 Girder Orientation Effect

𝑤𝑤𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
The girder orientation effect accounts for the crown slope and the orientation of the girder. 𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = 𝑚𝑚 .
2

55
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

Figure 8-5: Top Flange Effect

49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝐴𝐴𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = 0.02 = 0.490𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
2

8.4 Excess Camber

The excess camber is the camber that remains in the girder after all of the loads are applied.

Figure 8-6: Camber Effect

The graphic below illustrates how the girder deflects over time.

56
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

Figure 8-7: Camber Diagram

Assume time-dependent deformations end after deck casting

𝛥𝛥𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠

Δ𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝, 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ℎ
Δ𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐1 = 𝜓𝜓(𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑒 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 )�Δ𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 + Δ𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �
Δ𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤ℎ𝑡𝑡
𝛿𝛿𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 = 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑐𝑐ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒
Δ𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2 = [𝜓𝜓(𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 ) − 𝜓𝜓(𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑒 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 )]�Δ𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 + Δ𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 � + 𝜓𝜓(𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 , 𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑒 )�Δ𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 + 𝛿𝛿𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 �
Δ𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤ℎ𝑡𝑡
Δℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤ℎ𝑡𝑡
Δ𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤ℎ𝑡𝑡
Δ𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
Δ1 = �Δ𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 + Δ𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 � + ∆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
Δ2 = Δ1 + Δ𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐1
Δ3 = Δ2 + Δ𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Δ4 = Δ3 + Δ𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2
Δ5 = Δ4 + Δ𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 + ∆ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ
Δ6 = Δ𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = Δ5 + Δ𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏

8.4.1 Compute Creep Coefficients

The creep coefficients for release until erection and deck casting are computed above.
57
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

Prestress release until erection 𝜓𝜓(𝑡𝑡ℎ = 90, 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 = 1) = 𝜓𝜓(𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑒 = 90, 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 = 1) = 0.954
Prestress release until deck casting 𝜓𝜓(𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 = 120, 𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑒 = 1) = 1.027
Compute creep coefficient for erection to deck casting

𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ is the girder concrete strength at the time of load application to the erected girder and not the initial
concrete strength at release.

𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = 7.2 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

5
𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓 = = 0.610
1 + 7.2
(120 − 90)
𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = = 0.488
100 − 4(7.2)
12 � � + (120 − 90)
7.2 + 20
𝜓𝜓(𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 = 120, 𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑒 = 90) = 1.9(1.03)(0.96)(0.610)(0.488)(90)−0.118 = 0.330

8.4.2 Compute Deflections

Girder Deflection, for the erected girder
5𝑤𝑤𝐿𝐿4 5(−0.890𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(114.583𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)4 1728𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
∆𝑔𝑔 = = � � = −2.333𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
384𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 384(5236.046𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(282559.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 3
Prestress Deflection, Δ𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 5.413𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖. This is the deflection measured relative to the ends of the girder. The deflection at the
CL Bearing based on the release datum is Δ𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 0.278𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖. The prestress deflection measured relative to the bearings is
Δ𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 5.413𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 0.278𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 5.135𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Creep Deflection during Storage, ∆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐1 = 1.027(5.413𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 2.333𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 2.678𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

Apply the creep coefficient to the girder and prestress deflections only (do not apply to precamber)

Diaphragm Deflection, ∆𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = −0.123𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

Slab Deflection, ∆𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = −1.623𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Haunch Deflection, ∆ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ = −0.532𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Creep Deflection between diaphragm and deck casting, ∆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2 = (1.027 − 0.954)(5.413𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 2.333𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) +
(0.330)(−0.123𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 0.163𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Traffic Barrier Deflection, ∆𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = −0.307𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
4(15𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) (1.708𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2
Precamber, ∆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 15𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − �1.708𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 − � = 14.144𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

∆1 = −2.333𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 5.413𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 14.144𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 16.947𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

∆2 = 16.947𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 2.678𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 19.625𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆3 = 19.625 − 0.123𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 19.501𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆4 = 19.501𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 0.163𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 19.665𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 𝐷𝐷120
∆5 = 19.665𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 1.623𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 0.532𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 17.509𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
58
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

∆6 = 17.509 − 0.307𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 17.202𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = ∆𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒

8.5 Check Required Haunch

The required haunch is 𝛢𝛢ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ = 𝛢𝛢𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠+𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 𝛢𝛢𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 +𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 + 𝛢𝛢𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝛢𝛢ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ = 8.25𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 0.49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 17.636𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 17.202𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 8.306 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛
For a crest vertical curve, the minimum slab offset often governs.
𝐴𝐴ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠+𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 𝐴𝐴𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = 8.25𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 0.49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 8.74𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
The provided haunch is 8.75 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖. OK

8.6 Compute Lower Bound Camber at 40 days

8.6.1 Creep Coefficients

Creep coefficients are computed the same as before, assuming erection at 10 days and deck casting at 40 days.
𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 (𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 = 10, 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 = 1) = 0.273
𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 (𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 = 40, 𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑒 = 10) = 0.428
𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 = 40, 𝑡𝑡1 = 1� = 0.702

8.6.2 Compute Deflections

Creep Deflection, ∆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐1 = 0.273(5.413𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 2.333𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 0.766𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Additional Creep Deflection, ∆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2 = (0.702 − 0.273)(5.413𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 2.333𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (0.428)(−0.123𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 1.150𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Traffic Barrier Deflection,∆𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = −0.307𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆1 = −2.333𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 5.413𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 14.144𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 16.947𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆2 = 16.947𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 0.766𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 17.712𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆3 = 17.712 − 0.123𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 17.589𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆4 = 17.589𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 1.150𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 18.739𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 𝐷𝐷40
This is an upper bound value for 𝐷𝐷40 . There is a ±25% natural variation in camber from the mean value. Therefore, lower
bound camber at 40 days = 0.5�𝐷𝐷40 − ∆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 � + ∆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 0.5(18.739𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 14.144𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛) + 14.144𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 16.442𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖.

Natural camber variation does not apply to precamber.

8.7 Check for Possible Girder Sag

When the screed camber, C, exceeds the deflection at slab casting, D, the girder will have a net downward deflection, also
known as sag. The sag condition is most likely to occur for rapidly constructed bridges.
Compare the screed camber to the average value of 𝐷𝐷40 to determine the potential for sag. The average value is 75% (𝐷𝐷40 −
∆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 ) + ∆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = (0.75)(18.739𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 14.144𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + 14.144𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 17.591𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Δ𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = 𝐷𝐷 − 𝐶𝐶
∆5 = 18.739𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 1.623𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 0.532𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 16.584𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆6 = 16.584 − 0.307𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 16.227𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = ∆𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒
𝐶𝐶 = 18.739𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 16.277𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 2.462𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

59
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

𝐶𝐶 < 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝐷𝐷40 OK

9 Bearing Seat Elevations

From the PGSuper Bridge Geometry Report, the roadway surface elevations at the CL Bearing points for Girder B are:
Abutment 1, Sta. 102+02.71, Offset 10.125ft L, Elev. 24.743ft
Abutment 2, Sta. 103+17.29, Offset 10.125ft L, Elev. 25.153ft
25.153𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓−24.743𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
The basic slope of the girder is = 0.00358
114.583𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡

1 2𝑥𝑥
The end of the girder also slopes due to precamber = 4∆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 � − �
𝐿𝐿 𝐿𝐿2
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 1 2(1.708𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
At the left end of the girder, 𝑥𝑥 = 1.708𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 so the girder slope is 4 �15𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 �� − (118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2
� = 0.04115
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 1 2(116.292𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

At the right end of the girder, 𝑥𝑥 = 116.292𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 so the girder slope is 4 �15𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 �� − (118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2
� = −0.04115
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 118𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
The left end girder slope is 0.00358 + 0.04115 = 0.04473
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
The right end girder slope is 0.00358 − 0.04115 = −0.03757
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

The left end slope-adjusted height of the girder is 50𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 ��(0.04473)2 + (1)2 � = 50.050𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

The right end slope-adjusted height of the girder is 50𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 ��(−0.03757)2 + (1)2 � = 50.035𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

Deduct the sloped adjusted girder height and the slab offset from the roadway surface elevation to get the bottom of girder
elevation.
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Bottom of girder elevation at Abutment 1: Elev = 24.743𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 − 50.050𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � � − 8.75𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � � = 19.843𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Bottom of girder elevation at Abutment 2: Elev = 25.153𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 − 50.035𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � � − 8.75𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � � = 20.254𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

After designing the bearings, add the bearing recess (typically ½”) and deduct the bearing depth from the bottom of girder
elevation to get the bearing seat elevation.

10 Load Rating
The bridge opens for traffic without the future overlay installed. For this reason, take the DW force effects associated with
the overlay as zero. Installing the overlay necessitates updating the load rating analysis.

10.1 Inventory Rating

10.1.1 Moment
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 𝐾𝐾𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 =
𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 ≥ 0.85
𝑀𝑀𝑟𝑟
𝐾𝐾 = ≤ 1.0
𝑀𝑀𝑚𝑚𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
At 0.5L
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 = 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 = 𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 = 1.0
𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 = 10120.56𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 3348.8𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
60
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 0.0𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 1997.7
𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 7244.04𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 = 8225.27𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝑀𝑀𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � = 7244.04𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
1.33𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢
10120.56𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝐾𝐾 = = 1.397 ∴ 1.0
7244.04𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 1.25, 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 1.50, 𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 1.75
(1)(1)(1)(1)(10120.56𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − (1.25)(3348.8𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − (1.5)(0𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 = = 1.70
(1.75)(1997.7𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)

10.1.2 Shear
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑉𝑉𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑉𝑉𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 =
𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝑉𝑉𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
At 19.67ft (location where stirrup spacing increases)
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 = 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 = 1.0, 𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 = 0.9
𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 = 310.02𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 77.19𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 0.0𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 70.11
𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔
𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 1.25, 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 1.50, 𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 1.75
(1)(1)(0.9)(310.02𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) − (1.25)(77.19𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) − (1.5)(0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 = = 1.49
(1.75)(70.11𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)

10.1.3 Bending Stress – Service III limit state

𝑓𝑓𝑅𝑅 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑓𝑓𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑓𝑓𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 =
𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝑓𝑓𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
For load rating we use the AASHTO specified tension limit and live load factor
𝑓𝑓𝑅𝑅 = 𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 − 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 0.19𝜆𝜆�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ − 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝

𝑓𝑓𝑅𝑅 = 0.19(1.0)√7.2𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − (−5.129𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 5.638𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 1.0
5.638𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − (1.0)(3.347𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) − 1.0(0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 = = 1.45
(1.0)(1.585𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)

61
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

10.2 Operating Rating

10.2.1 Moment
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 𝐾𝐾𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 =
𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 ≥ 0.85
𝑀𝑀𝑟𝑟
𝐾𝐾 = ≤ 1.0
𝑀𝑀𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
At 0.5L
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 = 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 = 𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 = 1.0
𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 = 10120.56𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 3348.8𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 0.0𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 1997.7
𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 7244.04𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 = 8225.27𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝑀𝑀𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � = 7244.04𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
1.33𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢
10120.56𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝐾𝐾 = = 1.397 ∴ 1.0
7244.04𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 1.25, 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 1.50, 𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 1.35
(1)(1)(1)(1)(10120.56𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − (1.25)(3348.8𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − (1.5)(0𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 = = 2.20
(1.35)(1997.7𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)

10.2.2 Shear
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑉𝑉𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑉𝑉𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 =
𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝑉𝑉𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
At 19.67ft (location where stirrup spacing increases)
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 = 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 = 1.0, 𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 = 0.9
𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 = 310.02𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 77.19𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 0.0𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝑀𝑀 = 70.11
𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔
𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 1.25, 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 1.50, 𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 1.35
(1)(1)(0.9)(310.02𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) − (1.25)(77.19𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) − (1.5)(0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 = = 2.00
(1.35)(70.11𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)

10.3 Legal Loads

Type 3, 𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 821.09𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
62
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

Type 3S2, 𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 1017.78𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

Type 3-3, 𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 1048.08𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Type 3-3 rating will govern so we will show calculations of the rating factors for this loading. The rating factor calculations
for the other loadings will be similar. The rating factor calculations for NRL, EV2, and EV3 are similar.

10.3.1 Moment
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 𝐾𝐾𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 =
𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 ≥ 0.85
𝑀𝑀𝑟𝑟
𝐾𝐾 = ≤ 1.0
𝑀𝑀𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
At 0.5L

𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 = 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 = 𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 = 1.0

𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 = 10120.56𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 3348.8𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 0.0𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 1048.08
𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 7244.04𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 = 8225.27𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝑀𝑀𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � = 7244.04𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
1.33𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢
10120.56𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝐾𝐾 = = 1.397 ∴ 1.0
7244.04𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 1.25, 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 1.50, 𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 1.45
(1)(1)(1)(1)(10120.56𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − (1.25)(3348.8𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − (1.5)(0𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 = = 3.91
(1.45)(1048.08𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)

10.3.2 Shear
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐶𝐶 𝑉𝑉𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑉𝑉𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 =
𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝑉𝑉𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
At 19.67ft (location where stirrup spacing increases)
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 = 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 = 1.0, 𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 = 0.9
𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 = 329.93𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 77.19𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 0.0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 39.55
𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔
𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 1.25, 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 1.50, 𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 1.45

63
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

(1)(1)(0.9)(329.93𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) − (1.25)(77.19𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) − (1.5)(0𝑘𝑘)

𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 = = 3.50
(1.45)(39.55𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)

10.3.3 Bending Stress – Service III limit state

This is a WSDOT requirement, not in MBE
𝑓𝑓𝑅𝑅 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑓𝑓𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑓𝑓𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 =
𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝑓𝑓𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
For load rating we use the AASHTO specified tension limit and live load factor
𝑓𝑓𝑅𝑅 = 𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 − 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 0.19𝜆𝜆�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ − 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
Before we can compute the stress in the girder due to the prestressing, we must compute the effective prestress accounting for
the elastic gain for to the Type 3-3 loading.
𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 �𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 − 𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑒𝑒� 28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (1048.08𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(34.726𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 24.151𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 21.205𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = = � � = 3.921𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑐𝑐 5530.5 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 525343.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑃𝑃 = (9.331𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 20.602𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 9.697𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 3.921𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 1643.39𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
1643.39𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (1643.39𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑝𝑝)(21.205𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = − − = −5.027𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
776.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 11699.6𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
𝑓𝑓𝑅𝑅 = 0.19(1.0)√7.2𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − (−5.027𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 5.537𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 1.0
5.537𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − (1.0)(3.347𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) − 1.0(0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 = = 2.63
(1.0)(0.831𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)

10.4 Permit Loads

The load ratings for the permit loads are the same as the legal loads (with the obvious exception of the live load effects and
load factors being different).
WSDOT also evaluates the optional reinforcement yielding check (MBE 6A.5.4.2.2b). The stress in the prestressing steel
nearest the extreme tension fiber should not exceed 0.9𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 . The analysis method used by PGSuper follows MBE A3.13.4.2b.
𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑟 = 0.9𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 = (0.9)(0.9)𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = (0.9)(0.9)(270𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 218.7𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Moment beyond cracking
𝑀𝑀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 + 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 + 𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 − 𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
Unlike the other permit rating cases where the one loaded lane live load distribution factor is used (MBE 6A.4.5.4.2b), use
the governing of one loaded lane and two or more loaded lanes for these calculations (MBE C6A.5.4.2.2b).
For OL1, 𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 1500.49𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 per girder.
For OL2, 𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 2540.87𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 per girder
𝑀𝑀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = (1.0)(3348.8𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) + (1.0)(0) + (1.0)(2540.87𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − 7244.04𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = −1354.34𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Because 𝑀𝑀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 < 0, the loads aren’t enough to cause cracking, so take 𝑀𝑀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 0.0𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
The additional stress transferred to the reinforcement due to cracking is
𝐸𝐸𝑠𝑠 𝑀𝑀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 (𝑑𝑑𝑠𝑠 − 𝑐𝑐)
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = = 0.0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝐸𝐸𝑔𝑔 𝐼𝐼𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠 = 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
Compute the effective prestress

64
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

For OL1
𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 �𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 − 𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑒𝑒� 28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (1500.49𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(34.726𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 24.151𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 21.205𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = = � � = 5.613𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑐𝑐 5530.5 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 525343.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 31.672𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 5.613𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 176.441 ksi
𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠 = 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 176.411𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 176.441𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
For OL2
𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 �𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 − 𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑒𝑒� 28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (2540.87𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(34.726𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 24.151𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 21.205𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = = � � = 9.505𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑐𝑐 5530.5 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 525343.2𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 31.672𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 9.505𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 180.278 ksi
𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠 = 180.278 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Yield stress ratio
𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑟
𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 =
𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠
OL1
218.7𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 = = 1.24
176.441𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
OL2
218.7𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 = = 1.21
180.278𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

11 Software
PGSuper is precast-prestressed girder design, analysis, and load rating software. PGSuper is part of the BridgeLink Bridge
Engineering Application Suite jointly developed by the Washington State and Texas Departments of Transportation.
Download from [Link]

12 References
1. AASHTO, LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, Eighth Edition 2017 Interim Provisions, American Association of State
Highway and Transportation Officials, Washington, D.C., 2017
2. Brice, R., Khaleghi, B., Seguirant, S., “Design optimization for fabrication of pretensioned concrete bridge girders: An
example problem”, PCI JOURNAL, Prestressed Concrete Institute, Chicago, IL, Vol. 54, No. 4, Fall 2009, pp.73-111
3. Brice, R. “Designing Precast, Prestressed Concrete Bridge Girders for Lateral Stability: An Owner’s Perspective”,
Aspire, (PCI) Winter 2018, pp.10-12
4. PCI (Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute). 2016. Recommended Practice for Lateral Stability of Precast, Prestressed
Concrete Bridge Girders. CB-02-16-E. Chicago, IL: PCI
5. PCI, Precast Prestressed Concrete Bridge Design Manual, Vol 1 & 2, Precast Concrete Institute, Chicago, Illinois, 1997
6. Seguirant, S. J., "New Deep WSDOT Standard Sections Extend Spans of Prestressed Concrete Girders," PCI
JOURNAL, Prestressed Concrete Institute, Chicago, IL, Vol. 43, No. 4, July-August 1998, pp. 92-119
7. Seguirant, S. J., R. Brice, and B. Khaleghi. 2005, “Flexural Strength of Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete T-Beams,”
PCI JOURNAL, Prestressed Concrete Institute, Chicago, IL, Vol. 50, No. 1, January-February 2005, pp. 44-73.
8. WSDOT, Bridge Design Manual, Washington State Department of Transportation

65
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

9. WSDOT, PGSuper Theoretical Manual, Washington State Department of Transportation

66
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

13 Appendix A
Derivation of prestress deflection equations
Deflection equation is found by solving the following differential equation
d2 y
M(x) = −Pe(x) = EI
dx 2
Some other useful relationships

y(x) = � θ(x) dx

θ(x) = � ϕ(x) dx

M(x)
ϕ(x) =
EI

Straight Strands
e(x) = e
Pe
θ(x) = − � dx
EI
Pe
θ(x) = − (x + K1 )
EI
L
θ� � = 0
2
L
K1 = −
2
Pe x 2
y(x) = − � + K1 x + K 2 �
EI 2
y(0) = 0
K2 = 0

L 2
L Pe ⎛�2� L L ⎞
∆ss = y � � = − ⎜ + �− � � �⎟
2 EI 2 2 2
⎝ ⎠
2
PeL
∆ss =
8EI
Harped Strands
e(x) = Ycg (x) − Yh (x)
4Δpc x2
Ycg (x) = Yb + �x − �
L L

1
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

e′
⎧ Yb − x − ee 0 ≤ x ≤ bL
⎪ bL
Yh (x) = Yb + δh − eh bL ≤ x ≤ L(1 − b)
⎨ ′
⎪Y − e (L − x) − e L(1 − b) ≤ x ≤ L
⎩ b
bL e

e′ = eh − ee − δh
4Δpc x2 e′
⎧ �x − � + x + ee 0 ≤ x ≤ bL
⎪ L L bL
⎪ 2
4Δpc x
e(x) = �x − � − δh + eh bL ≤ x ≤ L(1 − b)
⎨ L L
⎪4Δpc x 2
e′
⎪ �x − � + (L − x) + ee L(1 − b) ≤ x ≤ L
⎩ L L bL

P 4Δpc x2 e′
⎧ �−
� �x − � + x + ee � dx 0 ≤ x ≤ bL
⎪ EI L L bL
⎪
P 4Δpc x2
θ(x) = �− � �x − � − δh + eh � dx bL ≤ x ≤ L(1 − b)
⎨ EI L L
⎪ 2 ′
⎪� − P �4Δpc �x − x � + e (L − x) + e � dx L(1 − b) ≤ x ≤ L
e
⎩ EI L L bL
P 4Δpc x 2 x 3 e′ x 2
⎧ −
� � − �+ + ee x + K1 � 0 ≤ x ≤ bL
⎪ EI L 2 3L bL 2
⎪
P 4Δpc x 2 x 3
θ(x) = − � � − � + (eh − δh )x + K 2 � bL ≤ x ≤ L(1 − b)
⎨ EI L 2 3L
⎪ P 4Δpc x 2
x3 e′ x2
⎪− � � − � + �Lx − � + ee x + K 3 � L(1 − b) ≤ x ≤ L
⎩ EI L 2 3L bL 2
L
θ� � = 0
2
L 2 L 3
P 4Δ � � � � L
� 2 − 2 � + (eh − δh ) + K 2 � = 0
pc
− �
EI L 2 3L 2

∆pc L L
K2 = − � + (eh − δh ) �
3 2
θ1 (bL) = θ2 (bL)
P 4Δpc (bL)2 (bL)3 e′ (bL)2 P 4Δpc (bL)2 (bL)3
− � � − �+ + ee (bL) + K1 � = − � � − � + (eh − δh )bL + K 2 �
EI L 2 3L bL 2 EI L 2 3L
e′ (bL)2
K1 = (eh − δh )(bL) + K 2 − − ee (bL)
bL 2
∆pc L L e′ (bL)2
K1 = (eh − δh )(bL) − − (eh − δh ) − − ee (bL)
3 2 bL 2
e′ L ∆pc L
K1 = (eh − ee − δh )(bL) − (𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏) − (eh − δh ) −
2 2 3
′
e L ∆pc L
K1 = 𝑒𝑒′(bL) − (𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏) − (eh − δh ) −
2 2 3
2
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

e′ L ∆pc L
K1 = (bL) − (eh − δh ) −
2 2 3
P 4Δpc x 2 x 3 e′ x 2
⎧ � �− � − �+ + ee x + K1 � dx 0 ≤ x ≤ bL
⎪ EI L 2 3L bL 2
⎪
P 4Δpc x 2 x 3
y(x) = �− � � − � + (eh − δh )x + K 2 � dx bL ≤ x ≤ L(1 − b)
⎨ EI L 2 3L
⎪ 4Δ 2 3 ′ 2
⎪� − � pc � − x � + e �Lx − x � + e x + K � dx
P x
L(1 − b) ≤ x ≤ L
e 3
⎩ EI L 2 3L bL 2
P 4Δpc x 3 x4 e′ x 3 x2
⎧ � −� − �+ + ee + K1 x + K 4 � 0 ≤ x ≤ bL
⎪EI L 6 12L bL 6 2
⎪ 3 4
P 4Δpc x x x2
y(x) = − � � − � + (eh − δh ) + K 2 x + K 5 � bL ≤ x ≤ L(1 − b)
⎨ EI L 6 12L 2
⎪ P 4Δpc x 3
x 4
e′
x 2
x 3
x2
⎪− � � − � + �L − � + ee + K 3 x + K 6 � L(1 − b) ≤ x ≤ L
⎩ EI L 6 12L bL 2 6 2
y(0) = 0
K4 = 0
y1 (bL) = y2 (bL)
P 4Δpc (bL)3 (bL)4 e′ (bL)3 (bL)2
− � � − �+ + ee + K1 (bL) + K 4 �
EI L 6 12L bL 6 2
3 4
P 4Δpc (bL) (bL) (bL)2
=− � � − � + (eh − δh ) + K 2 (bL) + K 5 �
EI L 6 12L 2
e′ (bL)3 ee (eh − δh )
+ (bL)2 + K1 (bL) = (bL)2 + K 2 (bL) + K 5
6 bL 2 2
e′ ee (eh − δh )
K 5 = (bL)2 + (bL)2 + K1 (bL) − K 2 (bL) − (bL)2
6 2 2
e′
K1 − K 2 = (bL)
2
′
e ee (eh − δh ) e′
K 5 = (bL)2 + (bL)2 − (bL)2 + (bL)2
6 2 2 2
e′ (bL)2
K5 = (bL)2 + (𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 − 𝑒𝑒ℎ + 𝛿𝛿ℎ + 𝑒𝑒 ′ )
6 2
e′ = eh − ee − δh
e′ (bL)2
K5 = (bL)2 + (𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 − 𝑒𝑒ℎ + 𝛿𝛿ℎ + eh − ee − δh )
6 2
e′
K 5 = (bL)2
6
P 4Δpc x 3 x4 x2 ∆pc L L e′
y(x) = − � � − � + (eh − δh ) − � + (eh − δh ) � x + (bL)2 � , bL ≤ x ≤ L(1 − b)
EI L 6 12L 2 3 2 6
L 3 L 4 L 2
L P 4Δpc �2� � � � � ∆pc L L L e′
∆hs = y � � = − � � − 2 � + (eh − δh ) 2 − � + (eh − δh ) � � � + (bL)2 �
2 EI L 6 12L 2 3 2 2 6

3
 Precamber Girder Example – PGSuper Training (4/22/2019)

P L2 L2 L2 ∆pc L2 L2 e′
∆hs = − �4∆pc � − � + (eh − δh ) − − (eh − δh ) + (bL)2 �
EI 48 96 8 6 4 6
P 5 L2 e′
∆hs = − �− ∆pc L2 − (eh − δh ) + (bL)2 �
EI 48 8 6
e′ = eh − ee − δh
eh − δh = e′ + ee
P 5 L2 e′
∆hs = − �− ∆pc L2 − (e′ + ee ) + (bL)2 �
EI 48 8 6
P 5 e′ L2 L2
∆hs = − �− ∆pc L2 + (bL)2 − e′ 8 − ee �
EI 48 6 8
P 5 8e′ (bL)2 − 6e′ L2 L2
∆hs = − �− ∆pc L2 + − ee �
EI 48 48 8
P 5 e′ L2 (4b2 − 3) L2
∆hs = − �− ∆pc L2 + − ee �
EI 48 24 8
5P Pe′ L2 (3 − 4b2 ) Pee L2
∆hs = ∆pc L2 + +
48EI 24EI 8EI
5P Pe′ L2 (3 − 4b2 ) bL Pee L2
∆hs = ∆pc L2 + +
48EI 24EI bL 8EI
5P Pe′ bL3 (3 − 4b2 ) Pee L2
∆hs = ∆pc L2 + +
48EI bL 24EI 8EI
Pe′
N=
bL
5P NbL3 (3 − 4b2 ) Pee L2
∆hs = ∆pc L2 + +
48EI 24EI 8EI
Temporary strands
Temporary top strands are post-tensioned in ducts that parallel the top surface of the girder. Since the strand is not bonded to
the concrete, the deflection is caused by an end moment and a uniformly distributed force from the strand bearing againsted
the curved duct. The deflection is
5P 2
Pets L2
∆ts = ∆ L +
48EI pc 8EI